2011ANNUAL REPORT
HOSPITAL
nurse & allied staffing
PhysiCian staffing
CliniCal trial serviCes
eduCation & retained searCh
finanCial highlights
revenue mix
8%
13%
2011
ContriBution
inCome share
7%
15%
2011
24% 55%
26% 52%
Nurse & Allied Staffing Physician Staffing Clinical Trial Services Education & Retained Search
Cash flow from oPerations
($ in millions)
$80
$60
$40
$20
$0
$72.4
$51.1
$35.9
$31.5
$18.3
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Cross Country healthCare, inC.
($000’s except per share data)
revenue from serviCes
Nurse and Allied Staffing .......................................................................................................
Physician Staffing ...................................................................................................................
Clinical Trial Services .............................................................................................................
Other Human Capital Management......................................................................................
Total Revenue
2011
2010
2009
$
$
$
$
278,793
118,781
64,609
41,803
$
$
$
$
242,160
121,599
61,957
42,846
$
$
$
$
313,038
151,853
71,678
41,668
$
503,986
$ 468,562
$
578,237
ContriBution inCome(a)
2011
2010
2009
Nurse and Allied Staffing(b) ....................................................................................................
Physician Staffing ...................................................................................................................
Clinical Trial Services .............................................................................................................
Other Human Capital Management......................................................................................
net inCome (loss)(c)
Net Income (Loss) ..................................................................................................................
Net Income (Loss) Per Diluted Share ....................................................................................
other data
Cash Flow From Operations ..................................................................................................
Total Debt ...............................................................................................................................
Debt Ratio(d) ............................................................................................................................
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
22,441
11,320
6,555
3,172
2011
4,098
0.13
2011
18,296
40,046
11%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
21,383
13,052
6,391
3,768
2010
(2,775)
(0.09)
2010
31,522
53,513
14%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
29,062
15,165
7,029
2,973
2009
6,694
0.22
2009
72,400
62,514
18%
nurse & allied staffing data
2011
2010
2009
(actual)
FTEs(e) ......................................................................................................................................
2,472
2,185
2,735
Average Revenue Per FTE Per Day(f) .....................................................................................
$
309
$
304
$
314
PhysiCian staffing data(g)
2011
2010
2009
(actual)
Physician Staffing Days Filled(h) .............................................................................................
85,416
89,421
95,253
Revenue Per Day Filled(i) ........................................................................................................
$
1,391
$
1,360
$
1,594
(a) Defined as income from operations before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and corporate expenses not specifically identified to a reporting segment. Contribution income is a financial measure used by the management
when assessing segment performance.
(b) 2010 and 2009 data has been reclassified to conform to 2011 presentation.
(c) In 2010, net loss and net loss per diluted share included trademark impairment charges of $10.8 million pre-tax or $6.6 million after tax, which impacted earning per diluted share by $0.21. In 2009, net income and net income per diluted
share included an impairment charge of $1.7 million pre-tax or $1.1 million after tax and a legal settlement charge of $0.3 million pre-tax or $0.2 million after tax, which together impacted earnings per diluted share by $0.04.
(d) Defined as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, divided by total stockholders’ equity plus total debt at year end.
(e) FTEs represent the average number of nurse and allied contract staffing personnel on a full-time basis.
(f) Average revenue per FTE per day is calculated by dividing the nurse and allied staffing revenue by the number of days worked in the respective periods. Nurse and allied staffing revenue also includes revenue from permanent placement of nurses.
(g) Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, the Company refined its statistical methodology related to its physician staffing metrics. Accordingly, historical 2010 data for these metrics has been revised to conform to the current year’s
presentation. Historical data for 2009 has not been reclassified. See — footnote (j) in item 6. Selected financial data.
(h) Days filled is calculated by dividing the total hours filled during the period by 8 hours.
(i) Revenue per day filled is calculated by dividing the applicable revenue generated by the Company’s physician staffing segment by days filled for the period presented.
dear fellow stoCkholders:
i would like
to Begin By
aCknowledging
that on
oCtoBer 25, 2011,
Cross Country
healthCare
marked its
10-year
anniversary
as a PuBliC
ComPany.
In 2011, our consolidated revenue grew by 8% to $504 million. In our
history, this certainly would not rank as a particularly auspicious
year. However, for those working for our company, the year was
especially noteworthy as the start of what I believe will be a long,
steady climb to recover from the effects of the economic downturn
and to ultimately surpass our prior peak of performance.
Our return to growth was led by our largest business segment,
nurse and allied staffing, which grew 15% in 2011. Interestingly,
this substantial revenue improvement was achieved without the
conditions present that we would normally associate with a favorable
operating environment for this business: a strong national labor
market and hospital admissions growth above expectations. I believe
that the strong bounce we experienced in 2011 was a reflection
we see labor market trends improve significantly in recent months.
More than any other factor, a strong labor market can change the
behavior of staff nurses working at hospitals as their family income
security increases, and they become less willing to take on that
additional shift, thereby creating openings for staffing providers like us.
so in a less than oPtimal
environment we aChieved
strong growth in our
largest Business segment.
Another key driver of opportunity, which continues to grow in
importance for us, is staffing of temporary nurses and allied
health professionals as the window begins to close for hospitals
to implement electronic medical records technology under the
generous subsidies made available under the federal HITECH Act.
These investments must show meaningful use by 2015, so there
is a growing sense of urgency to get these installations in place and
working so that healthcare facilities have time to remediate any
deficiencies prior to the deadline. In most cases, hospitals will bring
in temporary nurse and allied health professionals in order to give
their core staff uninterrupted time to be trained on the use of new
technology. We expect this trend will have an even bigger impact
for us in 2012.
We also continued to provide comprehensive Managed Services
Provider (MSP) solutions to large hospitals and healthcare systems
throughout the U.S., as a component of our overall strategy to meet
the ongoing temporary nurse and allied health staffing needs of
a diverse customer base. During 2011, approximately 26% of the
staffing volume in our nurse and allied staffing segment was at MSP
client facilities.
we have the PeoPle, the systems
and the CaPaCity to aChieve
strong levels of growth as the
environment Continues to reCover.
of the non-operating influences that exerted so much pressure
So our optimism regarding our nurse and allied staffing business
on our business during the depths of the credit crisis, beginning
is as high as it has been in a number of years. We have the people,
in late 2008. More than anything else, access to operating cash for
the systems and the capacity to achieve strong levels of growth as
hospitals was so constrained that they were forced to do more with
the environment continues to recover.
less. In our case, that meant utilizing a lot less temporary nurse
and allied staffing. In doing so, I believe an inevitable outcome is
declining levels of patient satisfaction. And in my experience, hospital
executives are unwilling to suffer much patient dissatisfaction for
very long.
So in a less than optimal environment we achieved strong growth in
our largest business segment. This gives us great encouragement as
Our remaining three business segments that together make up just
under half of our revenue also show varying degrees of recovery.
Our physician staffing business saw revenue stabilize year-over-year
in the fourth quarter of 2011 for the first time since 2008. While this
business did not suffer as much as our nurse and allied staffing
business did during the worst of the economic crisis, it has been
slower to recover as changes to the healthcare market are causing
physicians to become more risk averse and seek the security of full-
time employment at hospitals, rather than manage their own practice.
The share of physician practices owned by hospitals has more than
doubled since 2006 to more than 50%. In and of itself, the fact that
physicians are more likely to be hospital employees should not impact
JosePh a . Boshart
PRESidENT & CEO
our market opportunity, but I believe the rapid, and somewhat chaotic
pace of change has weighed on our physician business. However, we
do see clear signs of recovery in the near-term.
Our clinical trial services business grew 4% in 2011 and we expect
continued recovery in 2012. Similarly, our other human capital
management businesses also look to resume growth in 2012,
spreading the burden of sustaining growth more evenly among
all our businesses.
so our oPtimism regarding our
nurse and allied staffing Business
is as high as it has Been in a
numBer of years.
These are interesting times to be operating in the healthcare sector.
While none of our revenues are derived from Medicare or Medicaid
reimbursed services, our clients are impacted by the changing
environment for healthcare delivery and reimbursement. A period
of substantial change can present challenges; however, it can also
present great opportunity for a company like ours. No one can
predict how these changes will ultimately shake out, but there are
several things I am certain of: there will always be an acute care
hospital market, human care will always be provided at the bedside,
and the demographics of a growing and aging U.S. population will
inevitably increase demand for healthcare on a relative basis. In
addition, this is occurring just at a time when an aging workforce
of nurses and physicians is expected to result in shortages of these
healthcare professionals in the coming years and decades.
Once again I want to recognize our shareholders, our corporate and
field employees, and the independent contractor physicians that we
work with for their support during the difficult period we emerged
from in 2011. I see a great future for our Company, and I want to
thank you for being a part of it.
Sincerely,
Joseph A. Boshart
President and Chief Executive Officer
March 2012
a leader in healthCare staffing serviCes
nurse & allied staffing
PhysiCian staffing
CliniCal trial serviCes
eduCation & retained searCh
E B R AT
I
N
g
L
E
C
YEARS
AS A PUBLICLY
TRADED COMPANY
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number 0-33169
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
13-4066229
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
6551 Park of Commerce Boulevard, N.W.
Boca Raton, Florida 33487
(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (561) 998-2232
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit and post such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of Common Stock on June 30,
2011 of $7.60 as reported on the NASDAQ National Market, was $228,112,282. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliated for
any other purpose.
As of February 29, 2012, 30,762,470 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement, for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which statement will be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
PART II
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.
Other Information
PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders
Matters
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
SIGNATURES
1
21
27
27
27
28
28
31
33
54
54
54
55
57
57
57
57
57
57
58
59
All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Cross Country” in this Report on Form 10-K means Cross Country Healthcare,
Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Forward-Looking Statements
In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains statements relating to our future results (including certain
projections and business trends) that are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and are subject
to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”,
“estimates”, “suggests”, “appears”, “seeks”, “will” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause
our actual results and performance to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or implied by
these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the
section entitled “Item 1A – Risk Factors.” Readers should also carefully review the “Risk Factors” section contained in other
documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q to be filed by us in fiscal year 2012.
Although we believe that these statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, we cannot guarantee future results and
readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s opinions
only as of the date of this filing. There can be no assurance that (i) we have correctly measured or identified all of the factors
affecting our business or the extent of these factors’ likely impact, (ii) the available information with respect to these factors on
which such analysis is based is complete or accurate, (iii) such analysis is correct or (iv) our strategy, which is based in part on
this analysis, will be successful. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements.
Item 1. Business.
Overview of Our Company
PART I
We are a diversified leader in healthcare staffing services offering an extensive suite of staffing and outsourcing services to the
healthcare market. We report our financial results according to four business segments: (1) nurse and allied staffing,
(2) physician staffing, (3) clinical trial services and (4) other human capital management services. We believe we are one of the
top two providers of nurse and allied staffing services and one of the top four providers of temporary physician staffing (locum
tenens) services, as well as a leading provider of clinical trial staffing services, retained physician search services and
educational seminars specifically for the healthcare marketplace.
We have a diversified revenue mix across business sectors and healthcare customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our
consolidated revenue was $504.0 million. Our nurse and allied staffing business segment was 55% of our revenue and is
comprised of travel nurse, per diem nurse and allied health staffing. Our physician staffing business segment was 24% of our
revenue and consists of temporary physician staffing services with placements across multiple specialties. Our clinical trial
services business segment was 13% of our revenue and consists primarily of contract staffing, as well as drug safety monitoring
and regulatory consulting services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. Our other human capital management
services business segment was 8% of our revenue and consists of education and training, as well as retained search services
related primarily to physicians, allied health and healthcare executives. For additional financial information concerning our
business segments see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements - Segment Information, contained elsewhere in this
report. On a company-wide basis, we have approximately 4,100 contracts with hospitals and healthcare facilities, pharmaceutical
and biotechnology customers, and other healthcare organizations to provide our healthcare staffing and outsourcing solutions. In
2011, no single client accounted for more than 4% of our revenue. Our fees are paid directly by our clients and in certain cases
by third-party vendor managers. As a result, we have no direct exposure to Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements.
Healthcare and Demographic Influences on Our Business
Health Care Reform and the Health Workforce
The health care reform legislation [Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (H.R. 3590) as amended by P.L. 111-152 (H.R.
4872)] includes numerous provisions related to the health workforce. These provisions are intended to: improve access by
increasing the supply of needed health workers, particularly primary care practitioners; increase efficiency and effectiveness by
encouraging systems redesign; address problems of mal-distribution; and improve the quality of care through improved
education and training. It also establishes an infrastructure to collect and disseminate better data and information to inform
public and private decision making around the supply, education and training and use of healthcare workers (Association of
American Medical Colleges (AAMC) Center for Workforce Studies, April 2010).
1
Demand Influences
The long-term macro drivers of our business are demographic in nature and consist of a growing and aging U.S.
population demanding more healthcare services and an aging workforce of healthcare professionals. Additionally, there
are projected shortages of healthcare professionals including registered nurses (RNs) and physicians.
According to the most recent report by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), healthcare spending in the
U.S. increased 3.9% in 2010 to $2.6 trillion from $2.5 trillion in 2009, and for both years represented the two slowest rates
of growth in the 51 years of the agency’s National Health Expenditure Accounts. Medicaid spending increased 7.2% to
$401 billion over the prior year and Medicare costs grew 5.0% to $525 billion. While hospital spending increased 4.9% to
$814 billion, its rate of growth declined from 6.4% in the prior year and marked its fourth consecutive year of slower
growth as consumers postponed medical care. Spending for physician and clinical services grew 2.5% to $515.5 billion,
slowing from growth of 3.3% a year earlier due to fewer visits and a less-severe flu season.
Longer-term, CMS expects national health spending to reach $4.6 trillion by 2020, reflecting greater demand for
healthcare services due to both an increasing and aging population, as well as improvements in the economy and
coverage-related expansion related to healthcare reform under the Affordable Care Act.
• The U.S. population grew by 9.7% to 308.7 million people in the decade from 2000 to 2010, according to U.S.
Census Bureau 2010 data; and life expectancy for Americans is nearly 78 years, the highest in U.S. history, according
to the most recent government data for 2007. By 2050, the U.S. population is projected to expand to 420 million
people, of which the number of people age 65 and older is expected to approach 87 million, according to a
Congressional Research Service report (March 2007). Meanwhile, beginning in 2011, the oldest baby-boomers turned
65 years of age and became eligible for Medicare and the 55-to-64 age group is expected to expand to 40 million
people by 2014.
• Utilization of healthcare services is significantly higher among older people. In 2007, people age 65 and older
averaged seven doctor visits per year while people aged 45-65 average less than four visits annually, according to a
2010 report by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. This report also found that approximately 34% of
people age 65 and older were admitted to acute care hospitals for treatment, which is about three times the
comparable rate for people under age 65. The American Hospital Association (AHA) projects the share of hospital
admissions for the over-65 age group to rise from 38% in 2004 to 56% in 2030.
We believe demand for our nurse and allied staffing and our physician staffing services is primarily influenced by two
factors: (1) national labor market dynamics that affect the number of hours worked by healthcare professionals and (2) the
strength or weakness in acute care hospital admissions relative to expectations, as well as the volume of patients at other
medical facilities and physician offices. Demand for our clinical trial staffing services is primarily influenced by the level
of research and development (R&D) activities being conducted by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.
During 2011, demand improved for both our nurse and allied staffing services and our clinical trial staffing services, and
became more stable for our physician staffing services. However, overall demand for our healthcare staffing services
remains substantially reduced from levels prior to the economic downturn that began in the fall of 2008.
Supply Influences
Overlaid on this expected increase in demand for healthcare services is a projected shortage of RNs that is characterized
by an aging nurse workforce and a nurse education system constrained by both an aging faculty and lack of teaching
facilities. There is also a growing shortage of physicians in both hospitals and practice groups that is influenced by
constraints in the number of graduates from U.S. medical schools combined with an aging workforce that is expected to
experience substantial retirements over the next decade. Healthcare reform legislation enacted in 2010 is also expected to
have a future impact on the shortage of RNs and physicians caused by adding tens of millions of new patients to the
reimbursement system.
• Despite high unemployment rates and slow or no job growth in other sectors of the economy in 2011, the U.S.
healthcare workforce continued to expand. In January 2012, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reported that healthcare
employers added 23,000 new jobs in December 2011, bringing the 2011 total of new jobs created in this sector to
315,000 for a 2.3% increase from a year ago. During the past several years, many retired RNs returned to bedside care
due, in many cases, to the effects of the economic downturn, older RNs contemplating retirement remained in the
workforce longer to maintain household income, and there was an increase in younger RNs continuing to enter the
workforce. These factors served to temporarily ease the shortage of RNs working in hospitals. However, in the
2
longer-term, large shortages of RNs are projected nationwide with the onset of a substantial shortfall of RNs expected
to occur around 2018 and growing to approximately 260,000 by 2025 (Health Affairs, June 2009).
•
Physicians are expected to be in short supply as well. While the root cause of this shortage dates back to the 1980s
and 1990s when medical schools capped enrollment, the U.S. is expected to face a shortage of 124,000 to 159,000
physicians by 2025, according to a November 2008 study by the AAMC (Association of American Medical Colleges)
that expects the shortage to be most severe among family physicians and general surgeons. In September 2010, the
AAMC increased its earlier estimate of the projected shortage of physicians across all specialties by 50% to take into
account the enactment of health care reform legislation giving an additional 32 million Americans health care
coverage. Contributing to this substantial worsening in the shortage of physicians is a projection by the U.S. Census
Bureau for 36% growth in the number of Americans over age 65 and eligible for Medicare, and the expectation by the
AAMC that nearly one-third of all physicians will retire in the next decade. Moreover, while the number of applicants
to U.S. medical schools is increasing, it would not keep pace with expected future demand.
The supply of healthcare professionals (HCPs) in the marketplace is dependent upon the number of HCPs entering or
already active in their respective professions, less the number of professionals leaving or retiring from the workforce. The
supply of RNs available for our staffing services is variable and influenced by national labor market dynamics and
demand-related factors which allow RNs to gauge their willingness to work temporary assignments, be directly employed
by hospitals as staff nurses or working in non-hospital settings such as insurance companies, health clinics and doctor
offices. The supply of physicians available for our physician staffing services is variable and is influenced by several
factors, including the desire of physicians to work temporary assignments, along with the desire of older physicians to
work fewer hours, work-lifestyle balance among younger physicians, and the trend toward more female physicians in the
workforce who traditionally work fewer hours than male counterparts. The supply of clinical trial personnel in the
marketplace is relatively stable and comprised primarily of individuals with the educational background and experience in
life sciences, as well as healthcare professionals who have left a care giving role to pursue clinical research opportunities.
The supply of qualified candidates available for our clinical trial services is dependent on the number of clinical trial
professionals not currently employed in ongoing trials, as well as new qualified candidates entering the industry. During
2011, applicant activity in our nurse and allied staffing business increased significantly, while the number of physicians
added to our physician staffing database and the number of new staffing candidates in our clinical trial services also
increased from the prior year.
Influences on Our Customers
Hospital and healthcare facility customers comprise the majority of our revenue base. Typically, they provide medical care
on a 24 hour/7 day a week basis, which requires RNs, physicians and other healthcare professionals to be on staff around
the clock. Labor costs have historically been the largest component of a hospital’s operating budget with nursing care
accounting for about half of this amount or a quarter of total expenditures. Hospitals are capital-intensive organizations
that are paid for their services through reimbursements from the CMS, by insurance companies paying their members’
covered claims, and by private-pay individuals. Our fees are paid directly by our clients and in certain cases by vendor
managers. As a result, we have no direct exposure to Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements.
Since the beginning of 2003, growth in hospital in-patient admissions has been relatively flat. In addition, hospitals,
healthcare facilities and physician practice groups have had to contend with changes to government reimbursements for
their services and changes in legislation and agency regulations, along with a large pool of uninsured patients. Among
other things, these factors have been compounded by high unemployment and higher deductibles and co-pays for those
with health insurance coverage and which also led to rising bad debt.
During 2011, hospitals and health systems continued to operate in an environment characterized by a slow recovering
economy and emerging healthcare policy changes. These factors have turned up the pressure in the near- and longer-term
to increase efficiency, devise new payment models and create new models of coordinated care across hospitals, health
systems, other medical providers and the community with the result of improved quality of care and better health
outcomes, according to the AHA (American Hospital Association).
In addition, hospitals are currently undergoing electronic medical record (EMR) implementations aided by grants available
to healthcare facilities under the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Act (HITECH Act) – adopted
as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act – to improve the quality of healthcare by reducing medical errors
and lowering costs through the computerization of America’s health records by 2015. See Regulations Affecting Our
Clients for more information about this Act.
3
With respect to temporary healthcare professionals, a significant downturn in the national labor market triggered RNs to
offer more hours of service directly to hospital employers at wages hospitals were willing and able to pay. This resulted in
a steep decline in the demand for our temporary nurse and allied staffing services, and to a lesser extent, our physician
staffing services. Physicians have historically been revenue generators for hospitals, healthcare facilities and practice
groups while nurses are not a reimbursed cost in the delivery of care.
More recently, a strengthening trend reveals more physicians selling their private practices and becoming employees of
hospitals or health systems. Hospitals seek to gain market share by increasing their referral base and capturing admissions
while physicians are facing a combination of factors that include stagnant reimbursement rates, increased regulatory
burden, rising costs, greater risk associated with operating a private practice, and an increased desire for a better work-life
balance. We believe this shift has reduced the demand from hospitals for temporary physicians. In 2009, more than 50%
of medical practices were hospital-owned as compared to about 26% in 2005, according to annual physician compensation
surveys by the Medical Group Management Association (MGMA).
In our clinical trial services segment, during 2011 we experienced an increase in demand as expressed by the level of
requests for proposals for clinical staffing projects. This is following a period of mergers and acquisitions, as well as
business closures among pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies over the past few years that resulted in their
reevaluation of clinical strategy and product mix, along with a substantial decrease in R&D activity that reduced the
demand for our services.
Nurse and Allied Staffing
We are a leading provider of nurse and allied staffing services in the U.S. Segment revenue was $278.8 million in 2011.
While the majority of our revenue is generated from placing RNs on long-term contracts (typically 13-weeks in length),
we also provide other healthcare professionals on contract assignments in a wide range of specialties that include
operating room technicians, rehabilitation therapists, radiology technicians, respiratory therapists, radiation therapy
technicians, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants. In addition, we provide RNs, licensed practical nurses and
certified nurse assistants for per diem assignments through a network of local offices.
We market our nurse and allied staffing services primarily to acute care hospitals and health systems and provide our
clients with staffing solutions through our Cross Country Staffing (CCS), MedStaff and Allied Health Group brands. Our
professionals staff a broad range of clinical settings in the for-profit and not-for-profit sectors throughout the U.S.,
including acute care hospitals, physician practice groups, skilled nursing facilities, nursing homes and sports medicine
clinics, and, to a lesser degree, non-clinical settings, such as schools.
The staffing businesses of our CCS, MedStaff and Allied Health Group brands are certified by The Joint Commission
under its Health Care Staffing Services Certification Program.
CCS is our largest brand. The vast majority of CCS revenue is derived from helping to meet the ongoing temporary nurse
and allied health staffing needs of a diverse customer base. Additionally, as a part of its business strategy, CCS provides
comprehensive Managed Service Provider (MSP) solutions to large hospitals and healthcare systems throughout the U.S.
to manage and outsource clinical staffing, vendor resources and a full supplemental workforce that are specifically tailored
to each hospital or health system based on their workforce goals and financial targets. Our MSP engagements typically
incorporate one or more of our contract nurse, contract allied and/or per diem staffing solutions. Typically, such
arrangements require CCS to:
•
•
•
negotiate contracts with subcontractors in order to help meet the client’s fill rate expectations,
verify that all nurses provided both by CCS and subcontractors meet CCS’ credential requirements and other
standards and testing requirements established by the client,
verify insurance coverage of the subcontractors and their candidates,
• manage orders for open positions from the client and distribute those needs to subcontractors as required,
•
•
•
•
interview candidates presented to ensure they meet the client’s specifications,
consolidate and reconcile the timecard approval and invoicing process for services provided by CCS and all
subcontractors,
distribute payments to subcontractors for services provided to the client, and
capture and analyze data for the benefit of the client
4
These services are particularly beneficial to larger facilities and systems that require many healthcare professionals across
a broad spectrum of medical disciplines and specialties. During 2011, approximately 26% of the staffing volume in our
nurse and allied staffing segment was at MSP client facilities. In addition to directly supplying the vast majority of client
needs under these MSP programs, CCS has relationships with hundreds of subcontractors throughout the U.S. to ensure
that clients have access to a large pool of candidates to meet their staffing needs.
Another growing component of our business is contract staffing for hospitals and health systems undergoing electronic
medical record (EMR) technology implementations pursuant to grants available to healthcare facilities under the HITECH
Act. We supply contract temporary healthcare professionals to provide patient care while hospital staff nurses are away in
classroom settings undergoing training and to provide support to the staff RNs in utilizing the EMR technology upon their
return to bedside care. We expect that staffing related to EMR technology implementations will be one of the growth
drivers of our nurse and allied staffing segment in 2012.
Overview of the Nurse and Allied Staffing Industry
Clients today select between contract or per diem staffing solutions in order to meet their temporary staffing needs. The
term contract staffing is typically associated with travel nurse or travel allied health professionals. Contract staffing
involves placement of nursing or allied healthcare professionals on a contract basis, typically for a 13-week assignment
although assignments may range from several weeks or longer than three months. Contract assignments usually involve
relocation to the geographic area of the assignment. Both the contract and per diem models provide our clients with a more
flexible cost model to better manage variability in their staffing needs due to shifts in demand. Often, the contract model is
preferred, because it also provides a pool of potential full-time job candidates, and enables healthcare facilities to provide
their patients with a greater degree of continuity of care versus a per diem solution. The staffing company generally is
responsible for providing the healthcare professional with customary employment benefits, including travel
reimbursements, and for coordinating housing arrangements. Per diem nurse staffing comprises the majority of the
outsourced temporary nurse staffing market and involves the placement of locally-based healthcare professionals on short-
term assignments, often for daily shift work, with little advance notice by the hospital client. Consequently, housing and
extensive travel reimbursements are generally not required for this mode of staffing. According to industry sources, the
total market for temporary nurse and allied staffing is estimated to be more than $6.0 billion in 2011, of which temporary
nursing (travel and per diem) represents more than $3.5 billion.
Recruiting
We operate differentiated brands – Cross Country TravCorps, MedStaff Healthcare Solutions, NovaPro, Cross Country
Local, CRU-48, Allied Health Group and Assignment America – to recruit nurses and allied healthcare professionals on a
domestic and international basis. We believe RNs and allied health professionals are attracted to us because we offer a
wide range of diverse assignments in attractive locations, competitive compensation and benefit packages, as well as a
high level of customer service. In 2011, thousands of healthcare professionals applied with us through our recruitment
brands, and compared to the prior year, we experienced a significant increase in the supply of RN’s available for our nurse
staffing services following a broad-based improvement in demand. During 2011 we did not recruit RNs from outside the
U.S. due to ongoing visa restrictions by the U.S. Department of State.
Historically, more than half of our field employees have been referred to us by other healthcare professionals. We also
advertise in trade publications and on the Internet including extensive utilization of social media, which has become an
increasingly important component of our recruitment efforts. We maintain a number of websites to allow potential
applicants to obtain information about our brands and assignment opportunities, as well as to apply online.
Our recruiters are an essential element of our contract staffing business, responsible for establishing and maintaining key
relationships with candidates for the duration of their employment with our Company. Our recruiters work with candidates
before, during and after their employment with us. We believe our retention rate of healthcare professionals is a direct
result of these relationships. Recruiters match the supply of qualified candidates in our databases with the demand for
open orders posted by our hospital clients. At year-end 2011, we had 100 recruiters in this segment of our business, which
includes per diem branch personnel.
Our recruiters utilize proprietary computerized databases of positions to match assignment requirements with the
experience, skills and geographic preferences of candidates. Once an assignment is selected, our account managers review
the candidate’s application package before submitting it to a hospital client for consideration. Account managers are
knowledgeable about the specific requirements and operating environment of the hospitals that they service.
5
Contracts with Field Employees and Hospital Clients
Each of our contracted field employees works for us under the terms of a written agreement. Contract assignments are
typically 13-weeks in duration and may be shorter or longer. The vast majority of our field employees are hourly whose
agreements with us specifies the hourly rate they will be paid and any other benefits they are entitled to receive during the
assignment period. We bill clients at an hourly rate and assume all employer costs, including payroll, withholding taxes,
benefits, professional liability insurance and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, as
well as any travel and housing arrangements.
Operations
We operate our staffing business through a relatively centralized business model servicing all of the assignment needs of
our field employees and client facilities through operation centers located in Boca Raton, Florida; Malden, Massachusetts;
Tampa, Florida; Newtown Square, Pennsylvania; and Norcross, Georgia. In addition to the key sales and recruitment
activities, these centers also perform support activities such as coordinating housing, payroll processing, benefits
administration, billing and collections, travel reimbursement processing, customer service and risk management. Our per
diem staffing services are provided through a network of 16 branch offices serving major metropolitan markets
predominantly located on the east and west coasts of the U.S.
Hours worked by field employees are recorded by our operations system, which then transmits the data directly to
Automatic Data Processing, Inc. for payroll processing. Client billings are typically generated using time and attendance
data captured by our payroll system. Our payroll department also provides customer support services for field employees.
During 2011, we had an average of approximately 1,300 apartments open under lease throughout the U.S. Our housing
staff typically secures leases and arranges for furniture rental and utilities for field employees at their assignment
locations. Apartment leases are typically three months in duration to match the assignment length of our field employees.
Beyond the initial term, leases can generally be extended on a month-to-month basis. We typically provide
accommodations at no cost to the healthcare professional on assignment with us based on our respective recruitment
brand’s practices. We believe that our economies of scale help us secure competitive pricing and favorable lease terms.
Demand and Supply Drivers
Using temporary personnel enables healthcare providers to manage their total staffing levels of internal and external
nursing resources to better match variability of in-patient admissions, seasonal fluctuations, and other factors such as
facility expansion and staff training activities.
The market for our nurse staffing services is determined by the demand from hospital customers and the available supply
of RNs and other healthcare professionals. We believe demand is a function of both the dynamics of the national labor
market and its impact on RNs and their spouses (approximately 75% of RNs in the U.S. are married), as well as hospital
admission trends relative to expectations (Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) (September 2010)).
Each of these factors influences the number of shifts or hours that full- and part-time RNs are willing to work directly for
hospitals at prevailing wages hospitals are able to pay. In general, we believe nurses are more willing to seek Contract
assignments during relatively high levels of demand for contract employment, and conversely, are more reluctant to seek
Contract assignments during and immediately following periods of weak demand for contract employment. We also
believe demand for Contract nurse staffing services will be favorably impacted in the long-term by an expanding and
aging population and an increasing shortage of nurses.
During 2011, while hospital admission trends continued to remain relatively flat and the U.S. economy struggled to
improve and national unemployment remained high, we experienced a significant broad-based increase in demand. This
included an increase in demand from hospital customers that had largely been dormant over the past few years, increased
staffing associated with hospital electronic health record implementations and ongoing staffing activity at MSP accounts.
We also experienced improved supply of qualified RNs and other healthcare professionals seeking temporary assignment
with us. We believe this improvement in demand is due, in part, to several factors:
• The non-sustainability of additional hours worked by full- and part-time staff RNs working directly for hospital
employers over the past few years due to economic and labor market dynamics that negatively impacted their family.
Historically, high national unemployment typically results in RNs increasingly seeking employment as hospital staff
nurses and those already employed as staff nurses become more willing to work more hours at prevailing wages,
which combine to reduce the need for our outsourced staffing services. The reverse begins to occur as the economy
and more specifically the labor markets improve, although there is a lag between the improvement in demand for our
nurse and allied staffing services and the improvement in supply of RNs and other healthcare professionals.
6
• The recovery of the stock market allowing the return to retirement of many of the more than 100,000 older RNs that
previously returned to the nursing workforce due to the significant decline in their savings and investments when the
recent economic downturn began.
• An acceleration of hospitals undergoing EMR implementations pursuant to the HITECH Act to improve the quality of
healthcare by reducing medical errors through a network of electronic health records (EHR) and lowering costs
through the computerization of America’s health records by 2015.
The improvement in demand for our nurse and allied staffing services resulted in higher relative booking activity for
future assignments that translated into an 18% revenue gain in 2011 from the prior year reflecting a 16% increase in
staffing volume and a 2% increase in the average revenue per FTE per day. Demand was increasingly driven by staffing
for EHR implementations.
The following is a list of relevant data from the 2008 National Sample Survey of Registered Nurses (NSSRN) published by
the HRSA in September 2010:
• The number of RNs in the U.S. grew by 5.3% to 3.1 million in 2008 from 2004, representing a net growth of 153,806
RNs.
•
From 2004 to 2008, an estimated 444,668 RNs received their first U.S. license, while approximately 291,000 RNs
allowed their U.S. licenses to lapse, possibly indicating that the substantial retirements that have been anticipated may
have begun.
• Of the total number of RNs, an estimated 2.6 million or 84.8% were employed in nursing, the highest rate of nursing
employment since HRSA began the NSSRN in 1977.
• The percent of all licensed RNs working full-time increased for the first time since 1996, rising to 63.2% in 2008
from 58.4% in 2004.
• Hospitals remained the most common employment setting for RNs, expanding to 62.2% of employed RNs in 2008
from 57.4% in 2004.
• More than half of RNs work at least 40 hours per week in their principal nursing position.
• The aging of the nursing workforce slowed for the first time in the past 30 years. In 1988, half the RN workforce was
less than 38 years of age, but in 2004 the median age rose to 46 years and remained there in 2008. This slowdown in
the aging trend resulted from an increase in employed RNs less than 30 years of age – the first increase seen in this
age group since the inaugural NSSRN in 1977.
• The most recent graduates, defined as those who completed their initial nursing education between 2005 and 2008,
comprised nearly 20% of all RNs in the U.S. in 2008 and about 23% of employed RNs. The average age of the recent
graduates was a little over 30 years as compared to RNs who graduated from nursing programs before 2001 when the
average age was 26.7 years. Hospitals employed more than 83% of the most recent graduates and more than 75% of
RNs who graduated in 2001 to 2004. More specifically, nearly 85% of RNs under 30 years old work in hospitals. This
compares to less than 50% of RNs age 55 and older who work in hospitals.
• RNs over age 50 comprised 44.7% percent of the total RN population in 2008, compared with 33.0% in 2000. RNs
aged 50 – 54 in 2008 who were employed full-time worked an average of 43.7 hours per week, slightly more than the
average for full-time nurses under age 50. Beginning at age 60, the hours worked by part-time nurses declines steadily
with age. As RNs grow older, and especially for RNs older than age 60, retirement becomes an increasingly dominant
reason for employment changes.
7
As part of a more recent statement by the Tri-Council of Nursing (July 2010), Dr. Peter Buerhaus, Associate Dean of Vanderbilt
University’s School of Nursing, believes it is important to look beyond the short-term environment where hospitals have largely
been able to employ all the RNs they want at prevailing wages due to the uncertainty over key economic factors. Buerhaus
outlined that once the jobs recovery begins and RNs’ spouses rejoin the labor market, many currently employed RNs could leave
the workforce where their exit could be swift and deep. This includes many of the more than 100,000 RNs over the age of 50 that
re-entered the workforce during 2007 and 2008, who are a part of the nearly 900,000 working RNs over the age of 50, of which
Buerhaus expects large numbers of them to retire in the years ahead – independent of the pace and intensity of a jobs recovery.
More recently, Buerhaus found a 62% increase in the number of 23-26 year olds who entered the RN workforce between 2002
and 2009 (Health Affairs, December 5, 2011). Despite this increase in younger RNs, the study concluded that the nursing
shortage is not over given the demand for nursing care by older adults, new opportunities for nurses through healthcare reform,
and the need for more highly educated RNs.
Educating Nurses
The most commonly reported initial nursing education of RNs in the U.S. is the Associate Degree in Nursing, representing
45.4% of nurses. Bachelor’s or graduate degrees were received by 34.2% of RNs, and 20.4% graduated from hospital-based
diploma programs. More than 21% of RNs earned an academic degree prior to their initial nursing degree. More than two-thirds
of RNs reported working in a health occupation prior to their initial nursing education (HRSA, September 2010).
Enrollment in entry-level baccalaureate nursing programs increased 3.9% in 2011 from the prior year, according to preliminary
survey data from the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) issued in December 2011. Enrollment in master’s
and doctoral degree nursing programs increased significantly in 2011, according to the AACN. Nursing schools with master’s
programs reported a 7.6% increase in enrollment and a 10.5% increase in graduations. In doctoral nursing programs, enrollment
increased 20.6% in 2011 from 2010, while enrollment in research-focused doctoral programs increased 6.6%.
Despite strong interest in nursing careers, nursing schools continue to receive more qualified applications than can be
accommodated. The AACN preliminary data reflects that 51,082 qualified applications for entry-level baccalaureate nursing
programs in 2011 were turned away, and was 24% less than in the prior year. The primary barriers to accepting all qualified
students at nursing colleges and universities continue to be a shortage of clinical placement sites, faculty and funding.
Nursing school faculty vacancies nationally increased to 7.7% in 2011 from 6.9% in 2010, according to an AACN report
(September 2011), representing a total of 1,088 faculty vacancies at nursing schools with baccalaureate and/or graduate
programs across the country. In addition to the vacancies, schools cited the need to create an additional 104 faculty positions to
accommodate student demand. Most of the vacancies (91.4%) were faculty positions requiring or preferring a doctoral degree.
The top reasons cited by schools having difficulty finding faculty were a limited pool of doctoral-prepared faculty (31.3%) and
noncompetitive salaries compared to positions in the practice arena (26.7%).
Physician Staffing
The physician staffing or “locum tenens” industry is more than 25 years old and is most commonly used to mean temporary
physicians that contract with staffing agencies to perform medical services over a specified period of time as independent
contractors at hospitals, group practices or other healthcare organizations. Physicians consider this way of practicing medicine an
excellent alternative to traditional practice while healthcare organizations appreciate the value of this flexible staffing model.
In using temporary physicians, the staffing needs of healthcare facilities are met while physicians gain flexibility in their
schedules and professional experience in multiple practice settings. Utilization of temporary physician coverage ranges from
rural solo physician practices to major health systems and managed care organizations. Healthcare facilities have found that
supplemental healthcare professionals are needed for a variety of reasons: to compensate for a physician shortage, to fill in for an
absent staff member who may be ill, on vacation, on maternity leave or sabbatical, as well as to cover while physicians attend
continuing medical education courses, to supplement regular staff during busy times, or to staff new facilities while permanent
providers are recruited. Many healthcare facilities across the country use temporary physicians as an integral part of their master
staffing plan. In many cases, it is less costly and more efficient for them to staff at a minimum level and use temporary
physicians to supplement their permanent staff, rather than always trying to staff at the maximum level and having many periods
of time when the staff are not fully utilized.
Physicians choose temporary assignments for a variety of reasons and at various points in their careers. For example, it is
an especially appealing option for new physicians just out of residency training. It provides them with the opportunity to
sample different practices and areas of the country before making a long-term commitment in any one spot. While medical
schools and residency programs teach the art of practicing medicine, new physicians frequently emerge from training
without knowing just what style of practice will suit them best and many report being unhappy with their first practice
setting. With temporary physician staffing, there is no pressure to rush into a permanent decision, and there are no
8
immediate financial burdens such as “buying in” to a practice or permanently locating to what could turn out to be the
wrong place.
Temporary staffing is also the choice of many seasoned physicians who are not ready to retire, but who want to scale
down from the rigors and administrative burdens of a full-time practice and/or supplement their income. These physicians
enjoy the opportunity to keep more reasonable hours and combine work with travel and time spent with family and
friends. Other physicians choose temporary physician staffing work while in mid-career as a way to find the right position
in a new area, while they are in professional transition such as from military to civilian practice, or while in the process of
starting their own business.
Overview of the Physician Industry
The physician industry is characterized by several trends including: (1) growing demand for services from an aging
population, (2) an aging of the physician workforce, and (3) increased direct employment by hospitals partly in response
to anticipated effects of healthcare reform, as well as the recent economic downturn.
Demand for physicians is projected to grow 26.3% between 2006 and 2025, from 680,500 to 859,300 FTEs, according to
the AAMC report The Complexities of Physician Supply and Demand: Projections Through 2025 (November 2008),
which attributed the demand increase to both the projected growth and aging of the population, of which the majority will
come from the increase in population. The AAMC report also concluded that projected growth in physician demand will
vary by specialty group and by health care delivery setting, finding that specialties that predominantly serve the elderly are
expected to be highest in demand, and, if current patterns continue, the hospital inpatient setting is projected to experience
the greatest increase in demand of 36.6%, while all the other settings are projected to grow by increases that exceed 20%.
The physician workforce is aging with a relatively large proportion of physicians approaching retirement age just as the
demand for their services is projected to surge due to an aging U.S. population. In addition to retirement, physicians also
leave the workforce due to mortality, disability and career changes.
In the long-term, there are not enough physicians to fill the number of vacancies at U.S. hospitals, practice groups and
other healthcare facilities – and the shortage is expected to grow even further. The AAMC Center for Workforce Studies
estimates that the U.S. will face a shortage of 124,000-159,000 physicians by 2025, with the potential for healthcare
reform to add to overall demand for doctors and increase the projected shortfall by 25%. Studies by the AAMC attribute
some of the causes behind the projected shortages to include:
• Of the nearly 700,000 physicians practicing medicine today in the U.S., approximately one-third of physicians are
over age 55. Approximately 38% of these physicians report they are considering retirement in the next one to three
years, according to the American Medical Association (AMA). In absolute terms, the number of physician retirements
is expected to rise to 23,000 per year in 2025 from approximately 9,000 in 2000, according to the AAMC.
•
Shortages exist for all types of physicians, especially for physicians specializing in emergency medicine, cardiology,
family practice, general surgery, internal medicine, hospital medicine (hospitalists), oncology, orthopedics, psychiatry
and urology. Of particular concern is the shortage of primary care physicians. The AAMC sites numerous reasons for
the decline in interest in a career in primary care.
– While primary care physicians have consistently comprised about one-third of all physicians over the past 30
years, the number of U.S. medical school graduates selecting a family medicine career has fallen nearly 27% from
5,746 in 2002 to 4,210 in 2007.
– Consequently, there is a significant income gap – and perception of status and prestige – between generalists and
specialists.
– Medical education and training appear to have less impact on the career choice of new physicians than the practice
environment for primary care. Medical students often cite factors such as an ability to control workload, flexibility
in scheduling, and career satisfaction as elements in their decisions.
Since the economic downturn, physicians have looked increasingly for stability in an environment of decreasing
reimbursement for professional fees, as well as increased pressure and cost for physician practices to comply with new
electronic health records standards. At the same time, selected hospitals are trying to manage rising costs and the CMS is
moving to a coordinated care model via Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs) in an effort to enable healthcare
providers to control costs and improve quality by working together with other providers and payers.
9
As hospitals and health systems position themselves for health care reform, including establishing ACOs, hospital
employment of physicians has risen sharply in recent years in a quest to gain market share, revenue, shore up referral
bases and capture admissions, according to the Center For Studying Health System Change report based on site visits to
12 nationally representative metropolitan communities in 2010. Hospitals increased their hiring of physicians in 2011 and
expect to continue doing so in 2012, according to a survey released in January 2012 by Sullivan, Cotter and Associates, in
which nearly three-quarters of health care organizations reported they had increased physician staffing levels in 2011.
Three-quarter of respondents also indicated that in 2012 they planned to hire more physicians and midlevel practitioners,
such as nurse practitioners and physician assistants. According to recent American Hospital Association annual hospital
survey data, full- and part-time physician hiring at hospitals accelerated from 88,384 in 2005 to 115,421 in 2010.
Additionally, the Medical Group Management Association (MGMA) reported in its 2010 Physician Placement Starting
Salary Survey that hospital-owned practices were the most successful in attracting physicians in 2009.
Educating Physicians
The root cause of the projected physician shortage dates back to the 1980s and 1990s when enrollment in medical schools
was capped. Although medical school enrollments and graduations have increased somewhat since 2005, the education
and training of more physicians will not be enough to address the shortage, according to the AAMC (December 2008).
The number of applicants to U.S. medical schools increased 2.8% in 2011 to 43,919 from 42,742 applicants in the prior
year, according to the AAMC. Total enrollment in medical schools increased 3% in 2011 to 19,230 students compared to
18,665 students in 2010. Graduations from U.S. medical schools in 2011 increased 3% to 17,364 from 16,835 in 2010.
Temporary Physician Staffing Drivers
According to industry sources, the temporary physician staffing industry was estimated to be approximately $1.9 billion in
revenue in 2011. Using temporary physicians enables healthcare providers to manage their resources to better match
variability of in-patient admissions, seasonal fluctuations, and other factors such as vacations, facility expansion and staff
training activities. Locum tenens gives a physician the opportunity to practice medicine and focus almost exclusively on
patient care without the burden of the administrative aspects of managing a business, reimbursement concerns, hospital
politics or malpractice costs. In addition, locum tenens can be an attractive career opportunity for physicians for other
reasons depending on their age, financial situation and stage of career. Most recently, since the economic downturn, the
demand for locum tenens has been influenced by the delay in retirement of many older physicians and increased direct
employment of physicians by hospitals.
Our Physician Staffing Business
MDA is one of the largest providers of physician staffing services in the U.S. It was founded in 1987 and is headquartered
in Norcross, Georgia. Segment revenue was $118.8 million in 2011. During 2011, MDA handled approximately 5,000
assignments for 841 clients utilizing its database of over 180,000 providers who represent a wide range of medical
specialties.
During 2011, the overall economic conditions and continuing concerns with impending health care reform changes proved
challenging for overall growth in the physician staffing sector. Unemployment and higher under-employment were also
problematic for clients relative to outsourcing their staffing needs. Given these ongoing uncertainties, physicians have
increasingly opted to become employees of hospitals and health care systems. We expect this trend to continue for the
short-term. Despite the current negative economic metrics, we still believe that the future outlook for the physician
staffing industry is positive. Longer-term trends coupled with healthcare reform are favorable with demand for physicians
projected to increase by 2025. The needs will be particularly strong in the primary care specialties due to recent decreases
in medical school graduates entering the primary care field. Locum tenens should benefit from these shortage trends and
demands particularly with an ever increasing aging population. MDA is well positioned to respond to the current and
future needs of its healthcare partners.
MDA is one of only four locum tenens companies with an in-house Credentials Verification Organization certified by the
NCQA (National Committee for Quality Assurance), which verifies critical credentials prior to a physician’s assignment.
This process uses an extensive proprietary database and interfaces with MDA’s professional liability carrier to obtain
approvals of providers. It takes risk management decisions out of the sales process by verifying credentials of providers
and approving specific assignments.
Additionally, MDA currently is one of the largest multi-specialty physician staffing companies that has procured an
occurrence-based professional liability policy that provides coverage in all 50 states from a national insurance company,
which is AA+-rated by Standard & Poor’s. We believe this is an important competitive advantage for MDA in the
10
recruitment of physicians. The occurrence-based policy is of particular importance to physicians as it covers incidents
occurring during the policy period regardless of when they are reported. The more common claims-made policy only
covers physicians for claims “reported” during the policy period, which may leave a physician without coverage if the
claim is not timely reported or if they fail to secure “tail” coverage. Quality medical malpractice liability insurance
coverage is a critical component of the MDA business model. Clients usually require MDA to refer physicians with
medical professional liability coverage, and physicians are attracted to MDA, in part, because it offers this malpractice
coverage.
When it was initially founded, the locum tenens industry primarily served clinics, group practices and rural hospitals. As
the physician staffing industry has matured, an increasing amount of business has been generated from serving hospitals in
both urban and suburban settings. Large, nationwide hospital systems and associations continuously use MDA’s services
due to its ability to respond quickly to the hospital’s needs, and offer quality physicians on a temporary basis. MDA also
provides services to various U.S. government institutions, including the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Indian Health
Services, the Army, Air Force and other agencies. In 2011, approximately 55% of MDA’s business was from hospitals
and approximately 45% was from physician practice groups and other healthcare facilities.
Recruiting
MDA successfully operates a multi-site business model with employees/recruiters at several locations nationwide.
Recruiters go through extensive training in both sales and marketing specialties in order to have continuity with providers
and hospitals to facilitate quick and personal service to every customer. Each recruiter typically covers one specialty and
one geographic region whereas competitors typically have separate sales and marketing personnel that can add more
contacts and confusion to the staffing process. Recruiters are also responsible for managing accounts, including the
responsibility for collecting amounts due from customers, enabling MDA to have a single point of contact for customers.
MDA currently employs approximately 77 physician staffing recruiters throughout its organization, including its Atlanta
area headquarters, as well as its office in Dallas, Texas.
Contracts with Physicians and Healthcare Facility Customers
MDA contracts with physicians to provide medical services at MDA’s healthcare customers. Each physician is an
independent contractor and enters into an agreement with MDA to provide medical services at a particular healthcare
facility or physician practice group based on terms and conditions of the customer. Physicians are staffed on assignments
that may last from a few days up to and including a year depending on client needs and on the willingness of a physician
to agree to the duration required by a particular healthcare customer.
Operations
We operate our physician staffing business from a relatively centralized business model servicing all of the assignment
needs of the independent contractor physicians through operation centers located in Norcross, Georgia and Dallas, Texas.
The support functions of credentials verification, accounts payable, billing and collections, and risk management are all
performed from our Norcross, Georgia location. Assignment management is performed by recruiters in various locations.
Hours worked by independent contractor physicians are reported to our office in Norcross, Georgia. We bill our clients for
our management fee and hours worked by independent contractor physicians. We keep a recruitment fee and pass on an
agreed amount to the independent contractor physician.
11
Clinical Trial Services
Overview of the Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology Industry
Drug discovery is the process by which potential drugs are discovered or designed. Drug development refers to activities
undertaken after a compound is identified as a potential drug in order to establish its suitability as a medication. Objectives
of drug development are to determine appropriate formulation and dosing, as well as to establish safety. The discovery and
development of a new medicine is an expensive and lengthy process which involves research that generally includes a
combination of in vitro laboratory testing performed in glass or plastic vessels, in vivo biological studies taking place
within a living biological organism, and human clinical trials.
For those drug products already available to consumers, the global pharmaceutical market is estimated to be $880 billion
in 2011 and is expected to reach nearly $1.1 trillion in 2015, according to industry intelligence source IMS Health (IMS).
In their fiscal year 2011, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved 35 new drugs; among the highest
number of approvals in the past decade. In addition, the FDA reported faster approval times compared with other
regulatory agencies around the world. Twenty-four of the 35 approvals occurred in the U.S. before any other country and
continues a trend of the U.S. leading in first approval of new medicines. On the development side, the number of drugs in
the overall pipeline in 2011 declined slightly to 9,713 from the prior year. Looking at the clinical stages of development,
in 2011 there was a decline in preclinical development reflecting an increase of drugs moved to the No Development
Reported status during the year, while the numbers for all phase development were up. The number of drugs in Phase I
and Phase II development each increased 2% from the prior year, while the number of drugs in Phase III development
increased 15% to 637, according to the Pharma R&D Citeline Annual Review for 2011.
Outsourcing of Clinical Research
Research sponsors commonly partner with outsourcing providers to take advantage of their clinical research expertise,
skilled workforce and resources to help accelerate the development of treatments for the cure and prevention of disease.
The outsourcing of clinical research and testing developed mostly in the late 1990’s as pharmaceutical R&D efforts
became more complex and competition in rapidly-growing therapeutic areas increased. Traditionally thought of as a short-
term strategy, outsourcing is now being used to leverage the pharmaceutical industry’s core competencies to maximize
productivity. The global market for contract clinical research services is highly fragmented and comprises contract
research organizations (CROs) of varying size, as well as hundreds of niche service providers and independent
consultants.
Outsourcing offers a number of advantages to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Outsourcing provides
solutions to the following issues pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may face:
• Conversion of the fixed costs of maintaining the personnel, expertise and facilities into variable costs
•
Supplement expertise not available in-house
• Knowledge of regulatory affairs in a particular country of interest
•
Increased complexity of clinical trials
• Necessity for medical and clinical knowledge in specific therapeutic areas or indications
•
Increased amount of data required from clinical trials
• Multinational and multi-center nature of current clinical trials
• Requirement for large patient populations
• Regionalized diseases
During the past decade, contract research, manufacturing and service providers benefited from a trend of increased
outsourcing by pharmaceutical companies. However, as a result of the recent economic downturn and financial crisis, the
pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry has experienced dramatic changes. On the corporate side, the pharmaceutical
and biotechnology companies experienced significant mergers and acquisitions, restructuring and consolidations, and
businesses ceasing to operate. On the R&D side, they experienced substantial reductions in spending at all levels as
companies underwent a change in drug development philosophy ranging from the refocusing of internal drug development
projects, to outsourcing and off-shoring of clinical trials. As well, drug developers have been under significant pressure to
introduce new products while confronting escalating costs, patent expirations of blockbuster drugs and heightened
regulatory scrutiny while there has been continued uncertainty over healthcare reform and tighter spending controls in the
12
U.S. Nonetheless, the trend of pharmaceutical companies spending significant amounts of money on late-stage services
(Phase II–IV clinical trials) is anticipated to rise as companies seek to accelerate the commercialization of drug candidates
to compensate for upcoming patent expirations and conduct post-marketing trials as required by the FDA (Contract
Pharma, June 2010). Contract clinical research was estimated to total $20 billion in 2010, representing approximately one-
third of total pharmaceutical and biotechnology R&D spending, according to the Association of Clinical Research
Organizations.
In 2010, domestic private sector R&D spending in the biopharmaceutical industry was estimated to be $67.4 billion
(PhRMA 2011), up 2% from the prior year. While more than 75% of clinical trials are currently performed in the U.S. and
Europe, sponsors are increasingly seeking out emerging markets in Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe for greater
drug development productivity and efficiency (Contract Pharma, May 2011).
Biopharmaceutical companies are beginning to reflect the slow recovery from the economic problems of the past few
years, with companies reporting overall budget increases, including for outsourcing, according to a survey by Contract
Pharma. Virtually every biopharmaceutical company uses outsourcing services of some kind, and has become increasingly
comfortable with outsourcing as part of standard operations strategy. However, companies are continuing to be
conservative and are maintaining their focus on cost reduction, performance improvements, and more careful evaluation of
cost-saving efforts regarding outsourcing. This trend toward productivity, cost cutting and quality focus is impacting
outsourcing in conflicting ways. While some companies are cutting back on outsourcing, others are increasing their
outsourcing as in-house staff and activities are reduced. The Contract Pharma survey responses projected budget increases
in 2011, which was a substantial change from previous years (Contract Pharma, June 2011).
Consequently, the landscape for outsourcing clinical services has changed. In 2008, almost half of all companies reported
they had entered into typical functional service provider arrangements and approximately 20% reported having entered
into large scale, multi-year drug discovery and development alliances and service contracts, according to a study
conducted by Tufts CSDD. Since then, many pharmaceutical companies extended their strategic partnerships and research
collaborations with CROs, where such long-term deals have increased focus on capitalizing on core competencies to build
strong relationships, rather than meeting immediate targets, according to Preclinical Outsourcing Report. In addition,
vendor management programs are also being implemented and expanded upon throughout the clinical research sector in
order to streamline the outsourcing process and achieve cost effective results across the drug development continuum.
Meanwhile, other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have opted to utilize a hybrid relationship model that
allows them to pick and choose elements from transactional, full service, functional and alliance relationships with two
primary objectives in mind: (1) to achieve higher levels of operating efficiency through integration and the transfer of non-
core responsibilities, and (2) to lower the overall cost of outsourcing (Contract Pharma, October 2010).
The Drug Development and Approval Process
Once a new compound has been identified in the laboratory, clinical trials are conducted to collect data regarding the
safety and efficacy of the new drugs. Clinical trials are typically conducted by teams of physicians and other clinical and
data professionals in university facilities, hospitals and physician offices around the world. There are several steps and
stages of approval in the clinical trials process before a drug or device can be sold in the consumer market. Each phase is
considered a separate trial and, after completion of each phase, investigators are required to submit their data for approval
from the FDA before continuing to the next phase.
•
•
•
Preclinical Testing: A pharmaceutical company conducts laboratory and animal studies to show biological activity of
the compound against the targeted disease, and the compound is evaluated for safety.
Investigational New Drug Application (IND): After completing preclinical testing, a company files an IND with the
FDA to begin to test the drug in people. The IND shows results of previous experiments; how, where and by whom
the new studies will be conducted; the chemical structure of the compound; how it is thought to work in the body; any
toxic effects found in the animal studies; and how the compound is manufactured. All clinical trials must be reviewed
and approved by the Institutional Review Board (IRB) where the trials will be conducted. Progress reports on clinical
trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and the IRB.
Phase I: These clinical tests usually involve about 20 to 100 healthy volunteers. The tests study a drug’s safety profile,
including the safe dosage range. The studies also determine how a drug is absorbed, distributed, metabolized, and
excreted as well as the duration of its action. About 70% of experimental drugs pass this phase of testing
(CenterWatch).
13
•
•
Phase II: Controlled clinical trials of approximately 100 to 500 volunteer patients (people with the disease) assess a
drug’s effectiveness and determine the early side effect profile. About one-third of experimental drugs successfully
complete both Phase I and Phase II studies (CenterWatch).
Phase III: These clinical trials usually involve 1,000 to 5,000 patients in clinics and hospitals. Physicians monitor
patients closely to confirm efficacy and identify adverse events. 70% to 90% of drugs that enter Phase III studies
successfully complete this phase of testing (CenterWatch).
• New Drug Application (NDA) / Biologic License Application (BLA): Following the completion of all three phases of
clinical trials, a company analyzes all of the data and files an NDA or BLA with the FDA if the data successfully
demonstrate both safety and effectiveness. The applications contain all of the scientific information that the company
has gathered.
• Approval: Once the FDA approves an NDA or BLA, the new medicine becomes available for physicians to prescribe.
A company must continue to submit periodic reports to the FDA, including any cases of adverse reactions and
appropriate quality-control records. For some medicines, the FDA requires additional trials (Phase IV) to evaluate
long-term effects.
•
Phase IV: These studies, often called Post Marketing Surveillance Trials, are conducted after a drug or device has
been approved for consumer sale. These studies have become more prevalent in recent years as the trials can be used
to monitor long-term risks and benefits, evaluate dosage levels, and to record safety and efficacy data.
Clinical trials are one of the most important parts of the drug development process and also one of the most time-
consuming. Between 1999-2002 and 2003-2006, the length of the average clinical trial increased by nearly 70%, from 460
days to 780 days (Tufts CSDD). The clinical trial studies are not only expanding in time, but also growing in scope, as the
average number of participants needed for each clinical study increased from 1,700 to 4,300 over the last three decades
(Center for Information and Study on Clinical Research Participation, Hoover Institution, and FDA). In addition, clinical
studies are increasingly becoming more complex. In 2005, 72% of U.S. clinical studies involved more than 85 procedures,
70% more than the number of studies in 2000 (Accenture, PhRMA).
Approximately 80,000 clinical trials are conducted in the U.S. each year sponsored by both industry and government.
These studies to advance medical science require the work of an estimated 200,000 research professionals and the
involvement of millions of study participants each year (CenterWatch).
Our Clinical Trial Services Business
We primarily provide traditional contract staffing and outsourcing services, as well as drug safety monitoring and
regulatory consulting services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, as well as to CRO
customers. In 2011, segment revenue was $64.6 million. We market these services through the following brands:
• ClinForce provides clinical research professionals for in-sourced and out-sourced contract assignments and direct
placement services. It is headquartered at the Research Triangle Park in Durham, North Carolina.
• Assent also provides contract staffing and direct placement services to biotechnology and pharmaceutical customers.
It has offices located in Cupertino, California and Solana Beach, California.
• AKOS provides drug safety and regulatory services internationally. It is based in Harpenden Hertfordshire, England.
We recruit qualified candidates for our clinical trial services segment from across the U.S. for clinical research
opportunities, which include temporary and permanent positions with our clients. For our contract staffing services, we
recruit professionals from numerous clinical research disciplines, including: clinical monitors/contract research associates,
clinical project managers, site coordinators/contract research coordinators, drug safety personnel, medical monitors,
regulatory affairs personnel, medical writers, clinical data professionals, statistical and SAS programmers, and various
preclinical related professionals. Recruiting for our non-staffing services consist primarily of regulatory affairs personnel,
pharmacovigilance and drug safety associates and other clinical professionals.
14
The R&D activity by pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies improved somewhat during 2011
following the prior two year period in which economic factors and financial market conditions led to numerous mergers,
acquisitions and business closures, along with a reduction in R&D activities. We believe this improvement resulted as
some of the post-acquisition transition and integration plans became clearer and these companies began to bring forward
some of the projects that were previously put on hold. In addition, many large pharmaceutical and biotechnology
companies started to re-focus their efforts on later stage R&D activities to combat the prospect of numerous patent
expirations of “blockbuster” drugs in the coming years. In 2011, the staffing component of our clinical trial services
business, which represented 93% of segment revenue, experienced a modest up-tick in demand represented by improved
client requests for proposals, bid defenses and contract awards, as well as an increased need for permanent placement
positions by our client base. However, we experienced a shift in mix toward staffing lower bill-rate professionals than we
have historically. Our drug safety monitoring and regulatory compliance advisory businesses continued to remain weak in
2011, reflecting the industry downturn in demand for earlier stage clinical services, as well as some clients taking their
pharmacovigilance activities in-house following mergers with larger entities.
Other Human Capital Management Services
We provide education and training programs to the healthcare industry and we also provide retained search services for
physicians and healthcare executives. Segment revenue was $41.8 million in 2011.
Education and Training Services
Our Cross Country Education (CCE) subsidiary, headquartered in Brentwood, Tennessee, coordinates with various
independent contractors in order to offer one-day seminars, conferences and e-learning to healthcare professionals on
topics pertaining to healthcare. CCE is an approved provider of continuing education with more than 35 professional
healthcare associations, and also works with national and state boards and associations. CCE offers one-day seminars and
e-learning, as well as national and regional conferences on topics relevant to healthcare professionals. Since 1995, CCE
has trained more than 1,000,000 licensed professionals in the fields of physical and occupational therapy, behavioral
health, nursing, long-term care, coding and billing, regulatory compliance, dentistry, health information and healthcare
administration. In 2011, CCE held approximately 5,450 seminars and conferences that were attended by nearly 150,000
registrants in 178 cities in the U.S. and Canada. We extend these educational services to our field employees on favorable
terms as a recruitment and retention tool.
In 2011, CCE’s live seminar attendance decreased approximately 7% due to what we believe are several factors. First,
significant budget cuts to both non-Medicaid and Medicaid-based mental health services negatively impacted employment
for public mental health programs, which reduced demand for these programs and resulted in these professionals utilizing
to a greater degree continuing education credits via e-learning offerings. Second, the education industry is increasingly
offering live webcasting and rebroadcasting of seminars. To address this shift, CCE has significantly expanded its
offerings in this area while continuing to provide thousands of live seminars each year.
Retained Physician/Executive Search
Our Cejka Search subsidiary is headquartered in Creve Coeur, Missouri, a business district centered within the St. Louis
metropolitan area. Cejka Search has been a leading physician, executive, advanced practice and allied health search firm
for more than 30 years, recruiting top healthcare talent for organizations nationwide through a team of experienced
professionals, award-winning recruitment technology and commitment to service excellence. Serving clients nationwide,
Cejka Search annually completes hundreds of search assignments for organizations spanning the continuum of healthcare,
including physician group practices, hospitals and health systems, academic medical centers, managed care and other
healthcare organizations.
In 2011, ongoing uncertainty about health care reform, Medicare reimbursement rules and the pace of economic recovery
continued to limit or delay implementation of the industry’s medical staff and administrative leadership recruitment plans,
which consequently negatively impacted demand for retained search services. Despite these market conditions, Cejka
Search experienced modest year-over-year growth in revenue and contribution income due to strategic changes made to its
business model in the prior year to be more competitive, expand market reach, and improve operating efficiency. We
believe Cejka Search is well-positioned to benefit from further economic recovery, the intensifying shortage of physicians
and midlevel providers, and the critical need for effective healthcare executive leadership, in particular physician
executive leaders.
15
Additional Information About Our Business
Growth and Investment Strategy
Our long-term corporate strategy for growth includes:
•
•
•
•
attracting additional healthcare customers, healthcare professionals and providers;
seeking additional MSP contracts and EMR engagements with hospitals and health systems;
strengthening our market position and margins in our businesses;
generating strong cash flow;
• making strategic acquisitions in high growth, high margin businesses that will strengthen and broaden our market
presence; and
• maintaining a strong balance sheet to provide financial flexibility.
Competitive Strengths
We are a diversified provider of healthcare staffing services offering a comprehensive suite of staffing and outsourcing
services to the U.S. healthcare market. Since becoming a public company in 2001, we have significantly expanded our
revenue mix across sectors of healthcare staffing services and customers. In 2011, our nurse and allied staffing business
segment was 55% of our revenue; our physician staffing business segment was 24% of our revenue; our clinical trial
services business segment was 13% of our revenue and our other human capital management services business segment
was 8% of our revenue. This compares to our revenue mix in 2001 in which 87% was from our nurse and allied staffing
business segment, 6% from our clinical trial services business segment and 7% from our other human capital management
services business segment.
Within our business segments, we also believe we benefit from the following:
• Brand Recognition. We have operated in the travel nurse staffing industry for more than 25 years. Our Cross Country
Staffing brand is well-recognized among leading hospitals and healthcare facilities and our Cross Country TravCorps
and MedStaff brands are well-recognized by RNs and other healthcare professionals. We believe that through our
relationships with hospitals and healthcare facilities in supplying our travel nurse staffing services that we also are
positioned to effectively market our allied health and per diem nurse staffing services to them. Our physician staffing
business, Medical Doctor Associates, was founded in 1987 and has built a strong national brand reputation among
hospital and physician practice group clients as well as physician providers. It has grown to become one of the largest
physician staffing companies in the U.S. Since entering the clinical trial services business in 2001, our core clinical
trial staffing business has been a strong service provider to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device
companies and our acquisitions have broadened our services offerings in such areas as drug safety monitoring and
regulatory services. We are well positioned to offer these services to our customers in the U.S. and certain
international markets. Our Cejka Search brand is ranked among the top five physician placement firms in the U.S.
Our Cross Country Education business is a leading provider of regulatory and clinical skill-based continuing
professional development for healthcare professionals.
•
Strong and Diverse Client Relationships. We provide healthcare staffing and outsourcing solutions to a national client
base represented by approximately 4,100 contracts with hospitals and healthcare facilities, pharmaceutical and
biotechnology companies, and other healthcare providers. No single client accounts for more than 4% of our revenue.
• Managed Service Provider Capabilities. Our Cross Country Staffing brand offers its MSP services to large acute care
hospitals and health systems. By leveraging technology and its single-point of contact service model, Cross Country
Staffing can manage all job orders, credential verification, candidate testing, invoicing, and management reporting. In
addition, Cross Country Staffing received the highest ranking overall and in each category among five leading MSP
providers in a survey of subcontractors in the following key areas: Quality Service and Processes, Protection of
Subcontractor Candidates, Fairness and Transparency of MSP Fees, Thoroughness of Credentialing Process,
Responsiveness of the MSP to the needs of Subcontractor, and Technology Platform Usability (TMP Worldwide –
December 2011).
• Recruiting and Placement of Healthcare Professionals. We are a leader in recruiting and retaining highly qualified
healthcare professionals from the U.S. and Canada. In 2011, thousands of healthcare professionals applied with us
through our differentiated recruitment brands. We believe we offer appealing assignments, competitive compensation
packages, attractive housing options and other valuable benefits. Our size and centralized staffing structure provide us
16
with operating efficiencies in key areas such as recruiting, marketing and advertising, training, housing and insurance.
Our proprietary information systems enable us to manage our recruitment and placement operations. Our systems are
scalable and designed to accommodate significant future growth. At year-end 2011, the databases for our travel nurse
and allied staffing business included more than 325,000 RNs and other healthcare professionals who completed job
applications with us. Similarly, the database for our physician staffing business included more than 180,000
physicians representing dozens of specialties.
•
Joint Commission Certification. The staffing businesses of our Cross Country Staffing, MedStaff and Allied Health
Group brands are certified by The Joint Commission under its Health Care Staffing Services Certification Program.
• Quality Assurance. MDA’s Credent credential verification subsidiary is NCQA certified, one of only a handful of
competitors to achieve such certification.
• Continuing Education. We have internal educational and training capabilities through Cross Country University
(CCU), a division of CCS, that we believe give us a competitive advantage by enhancing both the quality of our
working nurses and the effectiveness of our recruitment efforts. CCU is the first educational program in the travel
nurse industry to be accredited by the American Nurse Credentialing Center, and enables us to provide continuing
education credits to our RN field employees, as well as to provide accredited continuing education to healthcare
professionals not on an assignment with us. CCU offers our RNs and other healthcare professionals additional
training, professional development and assistance in completing continuing education for state licensing requirements.
•
Strong Management Team with Extensive Healthcare Staffing and Acquisition Experience. Our management has
played a key role in the growth and development of the healthcare staffing industry. Our management averages more
than 15 years of experience in the healthcare industry and has consistently demonstrated the ability to successfully
identify, make and integrate strategic acquisitions.
Competitive Environment
All of our businesses operate in highly competitive and regulated markets. In our nurse and allied and our physician
staffing businesses, the principal competitive factors in attracting and retaining healthcare clients include the ability to fill
client needs on a timely basis, price, customer service, quality assurance and screening capabilities, having an
understanding of the client’s work environment, risk management policies and coverages, and general industry reputation.
In our clinical trial services business, clinical experience and expertise, understanding of the regulatory process, price,
overall project management, recruitment and project oversight of personnel, quality control, data management,
communication, and timely delivery of materials, documents and data in order to successfully provide our services for
various types of clinical projects, are all factors that influence our competitive position. The level of demand for our
temporary staffing and outsourcing services is influenced by, among other things, the number and acuity of patients
requiring medical care in hospitals and physician offices, availability and affordability of healthcare insurance coverage,
national healthcare spending and reimbursement for medical care, R&D efforts and spending related to development of
potential new drugs and devices, mergers and acquisitions, general economic conditions and their impact on labor markets
and healthcare employment, and the corresponding supply of healthcare professionals available to us for placement on
assignments.
The principal competitive factors in attracting qualified candidates for temporary employment include a large national
pool of desirable assignments based on geographic location and clinical setting, pay and benefits, speed of placements,
customer service to both healthcare professionals and client facilities, quality of accommodations, and overall industry
reputation. We believe that healthcare professionals seeking temporary assignments through us are also pursuing
assignments through other means, including other temporary staffing firms. Therefore, the ability to respond more quickly
than our competitors to candidate inquiries and submit candidates for consideration, are important factors in our ability to
fill assignments. In our nurse and allied staffing segment, we focus on retaining healthcare professionals by providing
high-quality customer service as well as providing long-term benefits, such as 401(k) plans and bonuses for field
employees. Although we believe that the size and efficiencies of our operations make us attractive for healthcare
professionals seeking assignment opportunities, we expect competition for candidates to continue.
Nurse and Allied Staffing
The nurse and allied staffing market is highly competitive. While barriers to entry historically had been relatively low,
they have increased significantly and the achievement of substantial scale is very challenging. We believe the utilization
of temporary nurse staffing services by hospitals has historically been approximately one-quarter to one-third travel nurse
staffing and approximately two-thirds to three-quarters per diem nurse staffing. We compete with a relatively small
number of national travel nurse staffing companies, as well as hundreds of smaller and more localized staffing firms that
17
have the capabilities to relocate nurses. We also compete in per diem nurse staffing with a small number of national or
regional staffing firms along with hundreds of small local providers. National competitors include AMN Healthcare
Services, Inc., On Assignment, Inc., CHG Healthcare Services, and Medical Staffing Network Holdings, Inc.
Physician Staffing
Our physician staffing business competes in the healthcare staffing market on a national, regional and local basis with
other staffing companies that offer comprehensive and or specialized services providing hospitals, physician practice
groups, healthcare facilities and systems, and government agencies with temporary physicians to fill assignments across a
wide range of specialties. We also compete in the recruitment for qualified physicians with other staffing companies as
well as hospitals, physician practice groups, and healthcare facilities and systems that have their own internal recruitment
capabilities to attract and retain healthcare providers. Competitors include AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., CHG
Healthcare Services, On Assignment, Inc., Jackson Healthcare, Team Health and several other privately-held companies
providing locum tenens.
Clinical Trial Services
The clinical trial services industry is highly competitive and fragmented. In addition to the same competitive factors
outlined above, our clinical trial services business has the added challenges associated with pharmaceutical, biotechnology
and medical device company customers that operate in a highly regulated environment. Being able to successfully provide
our staffing and outsourcing services for various types of clinical projects includes our clinical experience and expertise,
understanding of the regulatory process, price, overall knowledge of project management, recruitment and project
oversight of personnel, quality control, data management, communication, and timely delivery of materials, documents
and data. We also compete to recruit a wide range of qualified professionals in the U.S. and internationally across
numerous clinical research disciplines for our staffing, drug safety, and regulatory services assignments. Competitors
include divisions of public and privately-held companies such as Kforce, Inc. and Kelly Services, as well as hundreds of
niche service providers and free-lance consultants. We also supply our clinical trial staffing services to, and sometimes
compete with, large clinical research organizations such as Quintiles, Covance Inc., Pharmaceutical Products
Development, Inc. and Kendle International, among others.
Systems
Our placement and support operations are enhanced by sophisticated information systems that facilitate smooth interaction
between our recruitment and support activities. Our proprietary information systems enable us to manage virtually all
aspects of our operations. These systems are designed to accommodate significant future growth of our business. In
addition, their scalable design allows further capacity to be added to the existing hardware platform. We have proprietary
software that handles most facets of our business, including contract pricing and profitability, contract processing, job
posting, housing management, billing/payroll and insurance. Our systems provide support to our facility clients, field
employees and independent contractors, and enable us to efficiently fulfill and renew job assignments. Our systems also
provide detailed information on the status and skill set of each registered field employee and independent contractor. In
addition to our domestic information systems team, certain software development and information technology support is
provided by our employees based in Pune, India.
Our financial, management reporting and human resources systems are managed on PeopleSoft, a leading enterprise
resource planning software suite that provides modules used to manage our accounts receivable, accounts payable, general
ledger, billing and human resources. This system is designed to accommodate significant future growth in our business.
Workers’ Compensation Insurance, Professional Liability Coverage and Health Care Benefits
We provide workers’ compensation insurance coverage, professional liability coverage and health care benefits for our
eligible temporary healthcare professionals. We record our estimate of the ultimate cost of, and reserves for workers
compensation and professional liability benefits based on actuarial models prepared or reviewed by an independent
actuary using our loss history as well as industry statistics. Furthermore, in determining our reserves, we include reserves
for estimated claims incurred but not reported. The health care insurance accrual is for claims that have occurred but have
not been reported and is based on our historical claim submission patterns. The ultimate cost of workers’ compensation,
professional liability and health insurance claims will depend on actual amounts incurred to settle those claims and may
differ from the amounts reserved by us for those claims.
18
Workers’ compensation benefits are provided under a partially self-insured plan. We have a letter of credit structure to
guarantee payments of claims. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, we had outstanding approximately
$7,049,000 and $7,199,000 standby letters of credit as collateral to secure the self-insured portion of this plan.
Since October 2009, all professional liability insurance has been provided under occurrence-based plans. Prior to that
period, professional liability coverage was provided under various self-insured, claims-made and occurrence-based plans
depending on the subsidiary and the applicable policy year. In October 2004, we secured individual occurrence-based
professional liability insurance policies with no deductible for virtually all of our working nurses and allied professionals,
except those employed through our MedStaff, Inc. (Medstaff) subsidiary. These occurrence-based individual policies
replaced a $2,000,000 per-claim layer of self-insured exposure. We continued to provide primary coverage through a
$2,000,000 self-insured retention for nurses and allied professionals who did not qualify for the individual occurrence-
based coverage, as well as for our independent liabilities (such as negligent hiring) during these policy years. Effective
October 1, 2008, the individual professional liability insurance policies were replaced with one policy that insured each
individual nurse for $2,000,000 per occurrence and $4,000,000 in the aggregate, as well as the corporation which shared
those limits. This policy had no deductible and did not cover healthcare professionals working through MedStaff or MDA
Holdings, Inc. or its subsidiaries (collectively, MDA). Separately, prior to October 1, 2009, our MedStaff subsidiary had a
claims-made professional liability policy with a limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence, $4,000,000 in the aggregate and a
$25,000 deductible per claim.
In October 2009, we purchased an occurrence-based professional liability policy that provides each working nurse and
each allied healthcare professional with coverage of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate. Those
individual limits are shared with the healthcare provider’s employer (e.g. Cross Country TravCorps or MedStaff, our
wholly-owned subsidiaries) in the event of vicarious liability and/or negligent hiring allegations on a claim. This policy
does not have a deductible. In addition, in October 2009, we purchased an excess layer of professional liability insurance
having limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $6,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses and allied healthcare
professionals of Cross Country Travcorps and $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate for all working
nurses of MedStaff. Those limits are also shared with the corporations on applicable claims. MedStaff also secured
insurance coverage having the same terms as the primary and excess coverage described above for acts occurring on or
after October 25, 2002.
MDA has an occurrence-based professional liability policy with a limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence, $3,000,000 in the
aggregate and a $500,000 deductible for MDA, its independent contractor physicians, Certified Registered Nurse
Anesthetists (CRNAs) and allied health professionals. MDA’s $500,000 deductible is insured by Jamestown Indemnity
Ltd., a Cayman Island company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (the Captive). Under the terms of
the Captive’s reinsurance policy there is a requirement to guarantee the payment of claims to its insured party’s primary
medical malpractice insurance carrier via a letter of credit. The value of the letter of credit was secured by $5,000,000 of
cash held by the Captive as restricted cash at December 31, 2008. During 2009, the cash was released from restriction and
replaced by a letter of credit under our credit facility. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the value of the letter of credit
was $5,532,742.
Subject to certain limitations, we also have $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate in umbrella
liability coverage after $2,000,000 is exhausted under the primary and excess professional liability policies covering the
working nurses and allied healthcare professionals. While this umbrella coverage does not extend to professional liability
claims against MDA, its independent contractor physicians, CRNAs and allied health professionals, it does cover claims
brought against all of our subsidiaries for non-patient general liability ($250,000 deductible), employee liability
($1,000,000 deductible), non-owned hired auto ($1,000,000 deductible) and clinical trials/errors and omissions ($500,000
deductible and a cap of $5,000,000 in coverage under the umbrella policy).
Professional Licensure
Nurses and most other healthcare professionals employed by us and physicians contracted by us are required to be
individually licensed or certified under applicable state law. Our comprehensive compliance and credentials verification
programs are designed to ensure that employed and contracted providers possess all necessary licenses and certifications,
and we endeavor to ensure that our employees (including nurses and therapists) and contractors (including physicians and
other mid-level providers), comply with all applicable state laws.
Business Licenses
A number of states require state licensure for businesses that, for a fee, employ and assign personnel, including healthcare
personnel, to provide services on-site at hospitals and other healthcare facilities to support or supplement the hospitals’ or
19
healthcare facilities’ workforces. A number of states also require state licensure for businesses that operate placement
services for individuals attempting to secure employment. Failure to obtain the necessary licenses can result in injunctions
against operating, cease and desist orders, and/or fines. We endeavor to maintain in effect all required state licenses.
Regulations Affecting Our Clients
Many of our clients are reimbursed under the federal Medicare program and state Medicaid programs for the services they
provide. In recent years, federal and state governments have made significant changes in these programs that have reduced
reimbursement rates. In addition, insurance companies and managed care organizations seek to control costs by requiring
that healthcare providers, such as hospitals, discount their services in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in
their benefit plans. Future federal and state legislation or evolving commercial reimbursement trends may further reduce,
or change conditions for, our clients’ reimbursement. Such limitations on reimbursement could reduce our clients’ cash
flows, hampering their ability to pay us. Pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical diagnostic companies are subject to
regulations of the FDA in the U.S. and similar regulatory agencies in other countries.
The HITECH Act was adopted on February 17, 2009 as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act and it
became effective on February 17, 2010. Among other things, this legislation established a process for the development of
standards for the secure electronic exchange and use of health information by hospitals, physicians, and others. The
general purpose of the HITECH Act is to improve the quality of healthcare by reducing medical errors and lowering costs
through the computerization of America’s medical records by 2015. Approximately $20 billion was allocated to the
HITECH Act incentives to encourage and accelerate the widespread adoption of EMR technology by physicians, hospitals
and others. The Medicare and Medicaid EMR/EHR incentive programs provide incentives payments to eligible
professionals, eligible hospitals and critical access hospitals as they adopt, implement, upgrade or demonstrate the
meaningful use of certified EMR/EHR technology. To further promote the timely adoption of EMR/EHR, the HITECH
Act penalizes eligible healthcare providers and hospitals that do not adopt and use EMR/EHR that meets the federal
requirements by 2015. For example, under the Medicare EMR/EHR Incentive Program, Medicare eligible professionals,
hospitals and critical access hospitals that do not successfully show meaningful use of EMR/EHR will have a payment
adjustment in their Medicare reimbursement. The Medicaid EMR/EHR Incentive Program is being voluntarily offered by
individual states and states can receive a 90% federal funding match for incentive payments distributed to Medicaid
providers who adopt EMR/EHRs under the meaningful use criteria. As a result, many eligible hospitals are implementing
new or enhanced EMR/EHR technology to capitalize on these incentives and avoid the penalties and their staff must
undergo training of the new technology systems out of the clinical setting, which creates an opportunity for our healthcare
professionals to fill positions on a temporary basis while full-time staff is receiving such training.
Regulations Applicable to Our Business
Our business is subject to regulation by numerous governmental authorities in the United States and the foreign
jurisdictions in which we operate. In the U.S., complex federal and state laws and regulations govern, among other things,
the licensure of professionals, the payment of our employees (e.g. wage and hour laws, employment taxes and income tax
withholdings, etc.) and the operations of our business generally. We conduct business primarily in the U.S. and are subject
to the laws and regulations applicable to our business in such states, which may be amended from time to time. Future
federal and state legislation or interpretations thereof may require us to change our business practices. Compliance with all
of these applicable rules and regulations require a significant amount of resources. We endeavor to be in compliance with
all such rules and regulations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 1,200 corporate employees. During 2011, we maintained an average of
2,472 full-time equivalent field employees in our nurse and allied staffing segment. In our physician staffing segment, we
utilized 1,555 independent contractor physicians and 113 independent contractors related to non-physician staffing during
the course of the year. In our clinical trial services segment, we maintained an average of 451 full-time equivalent field
employees and utilized 128 independent contractors during the course of the year. We are not subject to a collective
bargaining agreement with any of our employees. We consider our relationship with employees to be good.
Available Information
Financial reports and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, are available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with, or furnishing it
to, the SEC, on or through our corporate website at www.crosscountryhealthcare.com.
20
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
Decreases in demand by our clients may adversely affect the profitability of our business.
Among other things, changes in the economy which result in higher unemployment and low job growth, a decrease or
stagnation in the general level of in-patient admissions at our clients’ facilities, uncertainty regarding federal healthcare
law and the willingness of our hospital, healthcare facilities and physician group clients to develop their own temporary
staffing pools and increase the productivity of their permanent staff may, individually or in the aggregate, significantly
affect demand for our temporary healthcare staffing services and hamper our ability to attract, develop and retain clients.
When a hospital’s admissions increase, temporary employees or other healthcare professionals are often added before full-
time employees are hired. As admissions decrease, clients typically reduce their use of temporary employees or other
healthcare professionals before undertaking layoffs of their permanent employees. In a down market, healthcare
professionals may be less likely to leave a full-time position to work on temporary assignments and clients are also more
likely to focus on internal solutions for their temporary staffing needs. In addition, we also may experience more
competitive pricing pressure during periods when in-patient admissions are stagnant for periods of time or declining. In
addition, if the trend towards providing healthcare in alternative settings, as opposed to acute care hospitals intensifies, it
could result in a decline in in-patient admissions at our clients’ facilities. These events individually or in the aggregate
may cause a reduction in admissions that could negatively affect the demand for our services. Decreases in demand for our
services may affect our ability to provide attractive assignments to our healthcare professionals thereby reducing our
profitability.
Our clients may terminate or not renew their contracts with us.
Our arrangements with hospitals, healthcare facilities and physician group clients are generally terminable upon 30 to 90
days’ notice. These arrangements may also require us to, among other things, guarantee a percentage of open positions
that we will fill, and if we are unable to meet those obligations a client may terminate our contract which could have a
negative impact on our profitability. We may have fixed costs, including housing costs, associated with terminated
arrangements that we will be obligated to pay post-termination. Our clinical trial services business is conducted under
longer-term contracts with individual clients that may perform numerous clinical trials. Some of these contracts are
terminable by the clients without cause upon 30 to 60 days’ notice. Sponsors may decide to immediately discontinue trials
at any time if compounds or biologics being studied do not meet targeted expectations. Clients utilizing our clinical trial
services may also decide to offshore work outside of the United States to countries where we do not currently provide
those services and this could adversely impact our business. Clients may also develop their own in-house capabilities that
may replace their need to utilize our staffing and outsourcing clinical trial services. The delay, loss, termination or
unfavorable change in the scope of work performed under a clinical trial services contract could negatively impact our
business.
We may be unable to recruit enough healthcare professionals to meet our clients’ demands.
We rely significantly on our ability to attract, develop and retain healthcare professionals who possess the skills,
experience and, as required, licensure necessary to meet the specified requirements of our healthcare clients. We compete
for healthcare staffing personnel with other temporary healthcare staffing companies, as well as actual and potential clients
such as healthcare facilities, physician groups and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, some of which seek to
fill positions with either permanent or temporary employees. Currently, there is a shortage of certain qualified nurses and
physicians in many areas of the United States and competition for these professionals remains intense. The current
economic conditions may make these healthcare professionals less willing to travel to temporary assignments, thus further
intensifying the competition with other temporary healthcare staffing companies to recruit these healthcare professionals.
Although demand is below historically normal levels, at this time we still do not have enough nurses and physicians to
meet all of our clients’ demands for these staffing services. This shortage of healthcare professionals generally and their
willingness to leave stable full-time jobs to travel on temporary assignments in the current environment may limit our
ability to increase the number of healthcare professionals that we successfully recruit, decreasing our ability to grow our
business.
21
The costs of attracting and retaining healthcare professionals may rise more than we anticipate.
We compete with hospitals, healthcare facilities, physician groups and other healthcare staffing companies for qualified
healthcare professionals. Because there is currently a shortage of certain qualified healthcare professionals, competition
for them is intense. Our ability to recruit and retain healthcare professionals depends on our ability to, among other things,
offer assignments that are attractive to healthcare professionals and offer them competitive wages and benefits or
payments, as applicable. Our competitors might increase hourly wages or the value of benefits to induce healthcare
professionals to take assignments with them. If we do not raise wages or increase the value of benefits in response to such
increases by our competitors, we could face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified healthcare professionals. If we
raise wages in response to our competitors’ wage increases and are unable to pass such cost increases on to our clients, our
margins could decline.
Our costs of providing housing for our healthcare professionals may be higher than we anticipate and, as a result, our
margins could decline.
We provide housing for certain of our healthcare professionals when on an assignment with us. At any given time, we
have over a thousand apartments on lease throughout the U.S. Typically, the length of an apartment lease is coterminous
with the length of the assignment of a nurse or allied healthcare professional. If the costs of renting apartments and
furniture for these healthcare professionals increase more than we anticipate and we are unable to pass such increases on
to our clients, our margins may decline. To the extent the length of a nurse’s housing lease exceeds the term of the nurse’s
staffing contract, we bear the risk that we will be obligated to pay rent for housing we do not use. To limit the costs of
unutilized housing, we try to secure leases with term lengths that match the term lengths of our staffing contracts, typically
13 weeks. In some housing markets we have had, and believe we will continue to have, difficulty identifying short-term
leases. If we cannot identify a sufficient number of appropriate short-term leases in regional markets, or, if for any reason,
we are unable to efficiently utilize the apartments we do lease, we may be required to pay rent for unutilized housing, or,
to avoid such risk, we may have to forego otherwise profitable opportunities.
Any failure by our clinical trial services business to comply with certain policies and procedures and regulations
specific to that business could harm our reputation and operating results.
Our clinical trial services business operates in a highly regulated industry. Any failure on our part to comply with the
policies and procedures established for a trial or to comply with existing regulations could result in the termination of
ongoing research or the disqualification of data for submission to the FDA and other regulatory authorities. This could
harm our reputation, our ability to win future business and our operating results. In addition, if the FDA or another similar
regulatory body finds a material breach by us of sound clinical practices, it could result in the termination of a clinical trial
which could also harm our reputation, our ability to win future business and our operating results.
The nature of our clinical trial services contracts could hurt our operating results.
Some of our contracts are fixed price and, as such, we have limits on the amounts we can charge for our clinical trial
services. As a result, the profitability of this business could be negatively impacted due to changes in the timing and
progress of large contracts. In addition, we may be responsible for cost overruns on certain contracts unless the scope of
work is revised from the original contract terms and we are able to negotiate an amendment with the client shifting the
additional cost to the client. If we experience significant cost overruns, it may result in lower gross margins on those
projects.
Our clinical trial business exposes us to potential liability for personal injury and wrongful death claims that could
affect our reputation and operating results.
Our clinical trial services business is involved in the testing of new drugs and medical devices on volunteer human beings.
Due to the risk of personal injury or death to patients participating in clinical trials, we are at risk for being sued in
personal injury or wrongful death lawsuits due to possible unforeseen adverse side effects or the improper administration
of a drug or device. Many of these patients are already seriously ill. Under our contracts, we are typically indemnified
unless the resulting damages were caused by our negligence (e.g. serious adverse event is not reported timely to a sponsor
or unblinding of material for a study is not done timely to respond with appropriate information for patient safety reasons).
We have insurance coverage for certain events, however, the amount of our liability could materially impact our operating
performance and our reputation and our insurance program may not cover such event.
22
We are dependent on the proper functioning of our information systems.
We are dependent on the proper functioning of our information systems in operating our business. Critical information
systems used in daily operations identify and match staffing resources and client assignments and perform billing and
accounts receivable functions. Additionally, we rely on our information systems in managing our accounting and financial
reporting. If these systems are damaged or disrupted and unable to function properly in order to support our business
operations or require significant costs to repair, maintain or further develop, our business and financial results could be
materially adversely affected. Our information systems are protected through a secure hosting facility and additional
backup remote processing capabilities also exist in the event our primary systems fail or are not accessible. However, the
business is still vulnerable to fire, storm, flood, power loss, telecommunications failures, physical or software break-ins
and similar events which may prevent personnel from gaining access to systems necessary to perform their tasks in an
automated fashion. In the event that critical information systems fail or are otherwise unavailable, these functions would
have to be accomplished manually, which could impact our ability to identify business opportunities quickly, to maintain
billing and clinical records reliably, to bill for services efficiently and to maintain our accounting and financial reporting
accurately.
Losses caused by natural disasters, such as hurricanes could cause us to suffer material financial losses.
Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including, but not limited to, hurricanes and other severe weather. The
incidence and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of
both the total amount of insured exposure and the severity of the event. We do not maintain business interruption
insurance for these events. We could suffer material financial losses as a result of such catastrophes.
If applicable government regulations change, we may face increased costs that reduce our revenue and profitability.
The temporary healthcare staffing industry is regulated in many states. For example, in some states, firms such as our
nurse staffing companies must be registered to establish and advertise as a nurse-staffing agency or must qualify for an
exemption from registration in those states. If we were to lose any required state licenses, we could be required to cease
operating in those states. The introduction of new regulatory provisions could substantially raise the costs associated with
hiring temporary employees. For example, some states could impose sales taxes or increase sales tax rates on temporary
healthcare staffing services. These increased costs may not be able to be passed on to clients without a decrease in demand
for temporary employees. In addition, if government regulations were implemented that limited the amounts we could
charge for our services, our profitability could be adversely affected.
If certain of our healthcare professionals are reclassified from independent contractors to employees our profitability
could be materially adversely impacted.
Federal or state taxing authorities could re-classify our locum tenens physicians and certified registered nurse anesthetists
as employees, despite both the general industry standard to treat them as independent contractors and many state laws
prohibiting non-physician owned companies from employing physicians (e.g. the “corporate practice of medicine”). If
they were re-classified as employees, we would be subject to, among other things, employment and payroll-related tax
claims, as well as any applicable penalties and interest. Any such reclassification would have a material adverse impact on
our business model for that business segment and would negatively impact our profitability.
We are exposed to increased costs and risks associated with complying with increasing and new regulation of corporate
governance and disclosure standards.
We are spending an increased amount of management’s time and resources, since the inception of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, to comply with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosures.
The compliance requires management’s annual review and evaluation of our internal control systems and attestations of
the effectiveness of these systems by our independent auditors. This process required us to hire additional personnel and
has resulted in additional expenses. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the review and evaluation, the
implementation of improvements and the receipt of a positive attestation by our independent auditors. If we are not able to
timely comply with the requirements set forth in Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we might be subject to
sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect our business and financial
results.
23
Our financial results could be adversely impacted by the loss of key management
If members of our senior management team become unable or unwilling to continue their present positions, our business
and financial results could be adversely affected.
Substantial changes in healthcare reform or reimbursement trends could hinder our clients’ ability to pay us.
While in most cases our fees are paid directly by our clients rather than by governmental or third-party payers, many of
our clients are reimbursed under the federal Medicare program and state Medicaid programs for the services they provide.
Changes made by federal and state governments could reduce reimbursement rates. In addition, insurance companies and
managed care organizations seek to control costs by requiring that healthcare providers, such as hospitals, discount their
services in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in their benefit plans. Future federal and state legislation or
evolving commercial reimbursement trends may further reduce, or change conditions for, our clients’ reimbursement.
Limitations on reimbursement could reduce our clients’ cash flows, hampering their ability to pay us.
Competition for acquisition opportunities may restrict our future growth by limiting our ability to make acquisitions at
reasonable valuations and lack of liquidity in the credit markets may restrict our ability to make certain acquisitions.
Our business strategy includes strategic acquisitions of companies that complement or enhance our business. We have
historically faced competition for acquisitions. In the future, this could limit our ability to grow by acquisition or could
raise the prices of acquisitions and make them less accretive to our earnings. In addition, even if we are able to negotiate
acceptable terms at reasonable valuations, there can be no assurance that there will be sufficient liquidity available on
terms favorable to us to complete acquisitions. If we are unable to secure necessary financing under our credit facility or
otherwise, we may be unable to complete desirable acquisitions. Certain restrictive covenants in our credit facility may
also limit our ability to complete acquisitions.
We may face difficulties integrating our acquisitions into our operations and our acquisitions may be unsuccessful,
involve significant cash expenditures or expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
We continually evaluate opportunities to acquire companies that would complement or enhance our business and at times
have preliminary acquisition discussions with some of these companies.
These acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:
•
Potential loss of key employees or clients of acquired companies;
• Difficulties integrating acquired personnel and distinct cultures into our business;
• Difficulties integrating acquired companies into our operating, financial planning and financial reporting systems;
• Diversion of management attention from existing operations; and
• Assumptions of liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for their
failure to comply with healthcare and tax regulations.
These acquisitions may also involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence and integration expenses that could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any acquisition may ultimately have a
negative impact on our business and financial condition.
We operate our business in a regulated industry and modifications, inaccurate interpretations or violations of any
applicable statutory or regulatory requirements may result in material costs or penalties to our Company and could
reduce our revenue and earnings per share.
Our industry is subject to many complex federal, state, local and international laws and regulations related to, among other
things, the licensure of professionals, the payment of our field employees (e.g., wage and hour laws, employment taxes
and income tax withholdings, the HITECH Act, etc.) and the operations of our business generally (e.g. federal, state and
local tax laws). If we do not comply with the laws and regulations that are applicable to our business (both domestic and
foreign), we could incur civil and/or criminal penalties or be subject to equitable remedies.
Impairment in the value of our goodwill or other intangible assets could adversely affect us.
We are required to test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives annually, including the goodwill associated
with acquisitions, to determine if impairment has occurred. Long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets are also
24
reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that amounts may not be recoverable. If
the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for
the difference between the carrying amount of the goodwill or other intangible assets and the implied fair value of the
goodwill or other intangible assets in the period the determination is made. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded
impairment charges of $10.8 million, pursuant to these assessments. The testing of goodwill and other intangible assets for
impairment requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other
assumptions. These estimates can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in economic, industry or market
conditions, changes in business operations, changes in competition or potential changes in our stock price and market
capitalization. Changes in these factors, or changes in actual performance compared with estimates of our future
performance, could affect the fair value of goodwill or other intangible assets, which may result in an impairment charge.
We cannot accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of assets. Should the value of goodwill or other
intangible assets become impaired, there could be an adverse effect on us. At December 31, 2011, goodwill and other
identifiable intangible assets (net of amortization) represented 87% of our stockholders’ equity.
Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities.
In recent years, healthcare providers have become subject to an increasing number of legal actions alleging malpractice,
vicarious liability, violation of certain consumer protection acts, negligent hiring, product liability or related legal theories.
We may be subject to liability in such cases even if the contribution to the alleged injury was minimal. Many of these
actions involve large claims and significant defense costs. In addition, we may be subject to claims related to torts or
crimes committed by our corporate employees or healthcare professionals. In most instances, we are required to indemnify
clients against some or all of these risks. A failure of any of our corporate employees or healthcare professionals to
observe our policies and guidelines intended to reduce these risks, relevant client policies and guidelines or applicable
federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations could result in negative publicity, payment of fines or other damages.
A key component of our business is the credentialing process. Ultimately, any hospital or other health care provider is
responsible for its own internal credentialing process, and the provider typically makes the decision to allow a healthcare
professional to provide services on its behalf. Nevertheless, in many situations, the provider will be relying upon the
reputation and screening process of our Company. Errors in this process or failure to detect a poor or incorrect history
could have a material effect on our reputation. In addition, we may not have access to all of the resources that are available
to hospitals to check credentials.
To protect ourselves from the cost of these types of claims, we maintain professional malpractice liability insurance and
general liability insurance coverage in amounts and with deductibles that we believe are appropriate for our operations.
Our coverage is, in part, self-insured. However, our insurance coverage may not cover all claims against us or continue to
be available to us at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to maintain adequate insurance coverage, we may be exposed to
substantial liabilities.
If our insurance costs increase significantly, these incremental costs could negatively affect our financial results.
We purchase various insurance policies to limit or transfer certain risks inherent in our operations. The costs related to
obtaining and maintaining professional and general liability insurance and health insurance for healthcare providers has
generally been increasing. If the cost of carrying these insurance policies continues to increase significantly, we will
recognize an associated increase in costs, which may negatively affect our margins. This could have an adverse impact on
our financial condition.
If we become subject to material liabilities under our self-insurance programs, our financial results may be adversely
affected.
We provide workers compensation coverage through a program that is partially self-insured. In addition, we provide
medical coverage to our employees through a partially self-insured preferred provider organization. A portion of our
medical malpractice coverage is also through a partially self-insured program. If we become subject to substantial
uninsured workers compensation, medical coverage or medical malpractice liabilities, our financial results may be
adversely affected.
We are subject to litigation, which could result in substantial judgment or settlement costs.
We are party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. We evaluate these litigation claims and legal proceedings
to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on
these assessments and estimates, if any, we establish reserves and/or disclose the relevant litigation claims or legal
25
proceedings, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the
time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. While we do have certain business insurance, it may not
be sufficient to cover our needs. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those estimated by our current
assessments which would impact our profitability. Adverse developments in existing litigation claims or legal proceedings
involving our Company or new claims could require us to establish or increase litigation reserves or enter into unfavorable
settlements or satisfy judgments for monetary damages for amounts in excess of current reserves, which could adversely
affect our financial results for future periods.
Registration statements under the Securities Act covering resale of CEP III’s stock as well as stock issuable under our
stock option plans are presently in effect and sales of this stock could cause our stock price to decline.
We presently maintain an effective shelf registration under the Securities Act covering the resale of stock held by CEP III.
These shares represent approximately 8% of our outstanding common stock and sales of the stock could cause our stock
price to decline. In addition, we registered 4,398,001 shares of common stock for issuance under our 1999 stock option
plans and 3,500,000 shares of common stock for our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Fully vested options to purchase 391,312
shares of common stock were issued and outstanding as of February 29, 2012. In addition, 1,247,335 of stock appreciation
rights were issued and outstanding as of February 29, 2012, 540,612 of which were vested. Shares of restricted stock
outstanding as of February 29, 2012, were 523,610. Common stock issued upon exercise of stock options, stock
appreciation rights and restricted stock, under our benefit plans, is eligible for resale in the public market without
restriction. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares held by any stockholder or the availability of
these shares for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock.
If provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, we
may be unable to consummate a transaction that our stockholders consider favorable.
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that
our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors
to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. Without stockholder approval, the Board of Directors
has the authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock. With these rights,
preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Delaware law may also discourage,
delay or prevent someone from acquiring or merging with us.
Terrorist attacks or armed conflict could adversely affect our normal business activity and results of operations.
In the aftermath of the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, we experienced a temporary interruption of normal
business activity. Similar events in the future or armed conflicts involving the United States could result in additional
temporary or longer-term interruptions of our normal business activity and our results of operations. Future terrorist
attacks could also result in reduced willingness of nurses to travel to staffing assignments by airplane or otherwise.
Market disruptions may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Economic conditions and volatility in the financial markets may have an adverse impact on the availability of credit to our
customers and businesses generally. To the extent that disruption in the financial markets occurs, it has the potential to
materially affect our customers’ ability to tap into debt and/or equity markets to continue their ongoing operations, have
access to cash and/or pay their debts as they come due, all of which could reasonably be expected to have an adverse
impact on the number of open positions for healthcare staff they request, as well as their ability to pay for our temporary
staffing services. These events could negatively impact our results of operations and financial conditions. Although we
monitor our credit risks to specific clients that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk or lack of access to
liquidity may result from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. Conditions in the credit markets
and the economy generally could adversely impact our business and frustrate or prohibit us from refinancing our credit
facility on terms favorable to us when it comes due in September 2013.
We could fail to generate sufficient cash to fund our liquidity needs and/or fail to satisfy the financial and other
restrictive covenants to which we are subject under our existing indebtedness.
Our existing credit facility currently contains financial covenants that require us to operate at or below a maximum
leverage ratio. Further deterioration in our operating results could result in our inability to comply with these covenants
which would result in a default under our credit facility. If an event of default exists, our lenders could call the
indebtedness and we may be unable to renegotiate or secure other financing.
26
If our healthcare facility clients increase the use of intermediaries it could impact our profitability.
We have seen an increase in the use of intermediaries by our clients, including both vendor management companies (who
solely provide technology) and managed service providers (who provide staffing services). These intermediaries typically
enter into contracts with our clients and then subcontract with us and other agencies to provide staffing services, thus
interfering to some extent in our relationship with our clients. Each of these intermediaries charges an administrative fee.
If managed service providers win business with our current customers, the number of professionals we have on
assignment at those clients could decrease. If we are unable to negotiate hourly rates with intermediaries for the services
we provide at these clients which are sufficient to cover administrative fees charged by those intermediaries, it could
impact our profitability. If those intermediaries become insolvent or fail to pay us for our services, it could impact our bad
debt expense and thus our overall profitability.
We also provide comprehensive managed service provider (MSP) solutions directly to certain of our clients. While such
contracts typically improve our market share at these facilities, they could result in less diversification of our customer
base and increased liability. The loss of one or more of our large MSP accounts could materially affect our profitability.
We are subject to business risks associated with international operations.
As of December 31, 2011, we had international operations in the United Kingdom where our AKOS Limited (AKOS)
business is headquartered and India where our Cross Country Infotech, Pvt Ltd. (Infotech) subsidiary is located. AKOS is
a provider of drug safety, regulatory and clinical trial services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in Europe,
the United States, Canada and Asia. Infotech provides in-house information systems development and support services as
well as some back-office processing services. We have limited experience in supporting our services outside of North
America. Operations in certain markets are subject to risks inherent in international business activities, including:
fluctuations in currency exchange rates; changes in regulations, varying economic and political conditions; overlapping or
differing tax structures; and regulations concerning compensation and benefits, vacation and the termination of
employment. Our inability to effectively manage our international operations could result in increased costs and adversely
affect our results of operations.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2. Properties.
We do not own any real property. Our principal leases as of December 31, 2011 are listed below.
Location
Boca Raton, Florida
Function
Headquarters and nurse and allied staffing
administration
Durham, North Carolina
Norcross, Georgia
Clinical trial staffing headquarters
Temporary physician staffing and allied
staffing offices
Square
Feet
70,406
37,851
33,494
Lease Expiration
May 1, 2018
September 30, 2013
January 31, 2012 and
February 28, 2014
Newtown Square, Pennsylvania
Nurse and allied staffing administration and
31,959
January 17, 2014
general office use
Creve Coeur, Missouri
Malden, Massachusetts
Retained search headquarters
Nurse and allied staffing administration and
27,051
22,767
June 14, 2017
June 30, 2017
general office use
Pune, India
In-house information systems and
20,700
November 30, 2015
Brentwood, Tennessee
Tampa, Florida
Education training headquarters
Nurse and allied staffing administration and
16,884
15,698
August 31, 2017
February 15, 2015
development support
general office use
Ambler, Pennsylvania
Clinical trial staffing operations site
14,459
September 30, 2013
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of
management, the outcome of these matters will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial
position or results of operations.
27
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
This item is not applicable to the Company.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities.
Our common stock currently trades under the symbol “CCRN” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (NASDAQ). Our
common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “CCRN” on October 25, 2001.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per share of common stock reported
on; such prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual
transactions.
Calendar Period
2011
Quarter Ended March 31, 2011
Quarter Ended June 30, 2011
Quarter Ended September 30, 2011
Quarter Ended December 31, 2011
2010
Quarter Ended March 31, 2010
Quarter Ended June 30, 2010
Quarter Ended September 30, 2010
Quarter Ended December 31, 2010
Sale Prices
High
Low
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
9.26
7.89
8.00
5.99
10.79
10.99
9.67
9.19
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6.52
6.34
3.82
3.76
8.63
7.66
7.09
6.63
28
The graph below matches the cumulative 5-year total return of holders of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s common stock
with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index and the Dow Jones US Business Training &
Employment Agencies index. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the company’s common stock and in
each of the indexes (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on 12/31/2006 and tracks it through 12/31/2011.
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
Dow Jones US Business Training & Employment
12/06
100.00
100.00
12/07
65.26
110.26
12/08
40.28
65.65
12/09
45.42
95.19
12/10
38.82
112.10
12/11
25.44
110.81
Agencies
100.00
73.64
45.40
69.29
83.45
54.90
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
As of March 1, 2012, there were 95 stockholders of record of our common stock. In addition, there are approximately
2,112 beneficial owners of our common stock held by brokers or other institutions on behalf of stockholders.
We have never paid or declared cash dividends on our common stock. Covenants in our credit agreement limit our ability
to repurchase our common stock and declare and pay cash dividends on our common stock. On February 28, 2008, our
Board of Directors authorized our most recent stock repurchase program whereby we may purchase up to 1.5 million of
our common shares, subject to the terms of our current credit agreement. The shares may be repurchased from time-to-
time in the open market and the repurchase program may be discontinued at any time at our discretion. During the fourth
quarter of 2011, we purchased 427,043 shares of our common stock at an average price of $5.23 per share. Under the
remainder of our current stock repurchase authorization, as of December 31, 2011, we can purchase up to 1,014,096 shares
of our common stock, subject to limitations of the Company’s Credit Agreement. See – Liquidity and Capital Resources
in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Statements of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
section of this report.
29
A summary of the repurchase activity for the quarterly period covered by this Report follows:
Period
October 1 – October 31, 2011
November 1 – November 30, 2011
December 1 – December 31, 2011
Total October 1 – December 31, 2011
(a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
(b) Average Price
Paid per Share
—
199,531
227,512
427,043
$
$
$
—
5.25
5.21
5.23
(c) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
(d) Maximum
Number of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
—
199,531
227,512
1,441,139
1,241,608
1,014,096
427,043
1,014,096
30
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010, and 2009 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., included
elsewhere in this Report. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, are derived from the consolidated financial statements of Cross Country
Healthcare, Inc., that have been audited but not included in this Report.
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related
notes of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report.
Consolidated Statements of
Operations Data
Revenue from services
Operating expenses:
Direct operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
Bad debt expense
Depreciation
Amortization
Impairment charges (c)
Legal settlement charge (d)
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other (income) expenses:
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
Interest expense (e)
Other income, net (e)
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
$
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
2008 (a)
2010
2007 (b)
$
503,986
$
468,562
$
578,237
$
734,247
$
718,272
366,044
336,250
424,984
547,753
549,441
116,538
579
6,791
3,493
—
—
493,445
10,541
(247 )
2,856
(298 )
8,230
4,132
4,098
108,984
294
8,043
3,851
10,764
—
468,186
376
76
4,245
(173 )
(3,772 )
(997 )
(2,775 )
$
120,690
—
8,773
4,018
1,726
345
560,536
17,701
66
6,245
(264 )
11,654
4,960
6,694
$
130,722
951
7,637
3,166
244,094
—
934,323
(200,076 )
(132 )
4,357
(132 )
(204,169 )
(61,224 )
(142,945 )
$
116,859
1,559
6,309
2,051
—
34
676,253
42,019
93
2,707
(120 )
39,339
14,759
24,580
(0.09 )
$
0.22
$
(4.64 )
$
0.77
(0.09 )
$
0.22
$
(4.64 )
$
0.76
$
$
$
Net income (loss) per common share –
basic:
$
0.13
Net income (loss) per common share –
diluted (f):
$
0.13
Weighted average common shares
outstanding:
Basic
Diluted (f)
Other Operating Data
Nurse and allied staffing statistical
data:
FTEs (g)
Days worked (h)
Average revenue per FTE per day (i)
$
Physician staffing statistical data (a) (j):
Days filled (k)
Revenue per day filled (l)
$
31,146,165
31,192,016
31,060,426
31,060,426
30,824,660
30,999,446
30,825,099
30,825,099
31,972,681
32,484,241
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2009
2010
2008 (a)
2007 (b)
2,472
902,280
309
85,416
1,391
$
$
2,185
797,525
304
89,421
1,360
$
$
2,735
998,275
314
95,253
1,594
$
$
4,463
1,633,594
322
$
5,025
1,834,125
314
34,863
1,622
NA
NA
31
2011
2010
Year Ended December 31,
2009
(in thousands)
2008 (a)
2007 (b)
18,296 $
(4,196 ) $
31,522 $
(16,199 ) $
72,400 $
(11,713 ) $
51,085
(129,561 )
(14,236 ) $
(11,191 ) $
(64,217 ) $
79,985
58,457 $
10,648 $
335,910 $
42,046 $
249,300 $
67,511 $
10,957 $
343,658 $
53,513 $
246,009 $
71,177 $
6,861 $
355,115 $
62,514 $
246,071 $
107,505
10,173
424,951
133,080
234,023
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
35,880
(35,328 )
8,431
97,891
9,067
533,559
39,451
390,437
Cash flow data:
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash (used in) provided by financing
activities
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Working capital (m)
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets (m)
Total debt
Stockholders’ equity
NA – not applicable
____________
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
On September 9, 2008, the Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of privately-held MDA Holdings, Inc. and
its subsidiaries and all of the outstanding stock of a subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (collectively, MDA). Our 2008 results include results
from the acquisition of MDA from September 1, 2008, the agreed upon effective date for accounting purposes. Refer to further discussion in
our notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 4 -Acquisitions).
Our 2007 results include results from the acquisitions of AKOS Limited (AKOS) and Assent Consulting (Assent) from their acquisition dates
of June 6, 2007 and July 18, 2007, respectively.
Impairment charges include goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges pursuant to the Intangibles-Goodwill and Other Topic of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) and the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets subsection of the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the FASB ASC. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded
noncash pretax impairment charges of $10.8 million, related to the impairment of specific trademarks in its physician and nurse and allied
staffing business segments related to its acquisition of MDA. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a noncash pretax
impairment charge of $1.7 million, related to the change in utilization of a specific trademark and database in its clinical trial services
business segment. As a result of its annual goodwill impairment analysis, in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a
$241.0 million, pretax, goodwill impairment related to its nurse and allied staffing business segment. In addition, in the fourth quarter of
2008, the Company recorded a $3.1 million, pretax, impairment charge related to a specific customer relationship in its clinical trial services
business segment. Refer to further discussion of some of these impairment charges in our notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note
3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets).
During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle a class action lawsuit, Maureen Petray and
Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc., which the court granted preliminary approval in October 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company
accrued a pretax charge of $0.3 million ($0.2 million after taxes) related to this lawsuit.
Other income, net on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations includes interest income on its cash and cash equivalents and short
and long-term cash investments and other items of income and expense. In previous presentations of its statement of operations, the Company
netted interest income with its consolidated interest expense on its statement of operations. Beginning in 2011, the Company presented
interest expense separately from other income. All periods have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.
For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per common share in 2010 and 2008, the Company excluded potentially dilutive shares from the
calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive, due to the Company’s net loss in those years.
FTEs represent the average number of nurse and allied contract staffing personnel on a full-time equivalent basis.
Days worked is calculated by multiplying the FTEs by the number of days during the respective period.
Average nurse and allied staffing revenue per FTE per day is calculated by dividing the nurse and allied staffing revenue by the number of
days worked in the respective periods. Nurse and allied staffing revenue includes revenue from permanent placement of nurses.
Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, the Company refined its statistical methodology related to its physician staffing days filled metrics.
Accordingly, historical 2010 data for these metrics has been revised to conform to the current year’s presentation. Historical data for years
2009 and 2008 has not been reclassified due to excessive cost of applying the methodology, which, the Company believes outweighs the
benefit of the additional information. In addition, the 2008 days filled is from the date of acquisition.
Days filled is calculated by dividing the total hours filled during the period by 8 hours.
Revenue per day filled is calculated by dividing the applicable revenue generated by the Company’s physician staffing segment by days filled
for the period presented.
(m)
The Company’s balance sheets have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
32
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction
with Selected Financial Data, Risk Factors, Forward-Looking Statements and our Consolidated Financial Statements and
the accompanying notes and other data, all of which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Certain prior year information has been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
Overview
We are a diversified leader in healthcare staffing services offering an extensive suite of staffing and outsourcing services
to the healthcare market. We report our financial results according to four business segments: (1) nurse and allied staffing,
(2) physician staffing, (3) clinical trial services and (4) other human capital management services. We believe we are one
of the top two providers of nurse and allied staffing services; one of the top four providers of temporary physician staffing
(locum tenens) services; as well as a leading provider of clinical trial staffing services, retained physician search services
and educational seminars specifically for the healthcare marketplace.
We have a diversified revenue mix across business sectors and healthcare customers. For the year ended December 31,
2011, our nurse and allied staffing business segment represented approximately 55% of our revenue and is comprised of
travel nurse and per diem nurse staffing, and allied health staffing. Travel nurse staffing represented approximately 43% of
our total revenue and 77% of our nurse and allied staffing business segment revenue. Other nurse and allied staffing
services include the placement of per diem nurses and allied healthcare professionals, such as radiology technicians,
rehabilitation therapists, nurse practitioners and respiratory therapists. Our physician staffing business segment
represented approximately 24% of 2011 revenue and consists of temporary physician staffing services (locum tenens). Our
clinical trial services business segment represented approximately 13% of our revenue and consists of service offerings
that include traditional contract staffing and functional outsourcing, as well as drug safety monitoring and regulatory
services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. Our other human capital management services business segment
represented approximately 8% of our revenue and consists of education and training and retained search services.
The long-term macro drivers of our business are demographic in nature and consist of a growing and aging U.S.
population demanding more healthcare services and an aging workforce of healthcare professionals. Additionally, there
are projected shortages of healthcare professionals including registered nurses (RNs) and physicians. We believe demand
for our nurse, allied and physician services is primarily influenced by two factors: (1) national labor market dynamics that
affect the number of hours worked by healthcare professionals and (2) the strength or weakness in acute care hospital
admissions relative to expectations and the volume of patients at medical facilities and physician offices. Demand for our
clinical trial staffing services is primarily influenced by the level of research and development (R&D) activities by
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. During 2011, demand improved for both our nurse and allied staffing
services and our clinical trial services, and became more stable for our physician staffing services. However, overall
demand for our healthcare staffing services remains substantially reduced from levels prior to the economic downturn that
began in the fall of 2008.
The supply of healthcare professionals in the marketplace is dependent upon the number of RNs and physicians entering
their respective professions versus retiring from the workforce. The supply of RNs available for our staffing services is
variable and influenced by current labor market dynamics, as well as dependent upon the desire of RNs to work temporary
assignments versus being directly employed by hospitals as staff nurses or working in non-hospital settings such as
insurance companies, health clinics and doctor offices. The supply of physicians available for our physician staffing
services is variable and is influenced by several factors, including the desire of physicians to work temporary assignments
versus being in private practice or directly employed at healthcare facilities, the desire of older physicians to work fewer
hours, work-lifestyle balance among younger physicians, and the trend toward more female physicians in the workforce
working fewer hours than male counter-parts. The supply of clinical trial personnel in the marketplace is relatively stable
and comprised primarily of individuals with an educational background and experience in life sciences, as well as
healthcare professionals who have left a care giving role to pursue clinical research opportunities. The supply of qualified
candidates available for our clinical trial services is dependent on the number of clinical trial professionals not currently
employed in ongoing trials, as well as new qualified candidates entering the industry. During 2011, applicant activity in
our nurse and allied staffing business increased significantly, while the number of physicians added to our physician
staffing database and the number of new staffing candidates in our clinical trial services databases also increased from the
prior year.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, our revenue was $504.0 million, and we generated net income of $4.1 million, or
$0.13 per diluted share. During 2011, we generated $18.3 million in cash flow from operations and reduced our total debt
33
by $11.5 million. We ended the year with total debt of $42.0 million and $10.6 million of cash, resulting in a ratio of debt,
net of cash, to total capitalization of 10.8%.
In general, we evaluate the Company’s financial condition and operating results by revenue, contribution income (see
Segment Information), and net income (loss). We also use measurement of our cash flow generation and operating and
leverage ratios to help us assess our financial condition. In addition, we monitor several key volume and profitability
indicators such as number of orders, contract bookings, number of FTEs, days filled and price.
Nurse and Allied Staffing
Our nurse and allied staffing services business segment is headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida. Our travel staffing
business is operated from a relatively centralized business model servicing all of the assignment needs of our field
employees and client facilities through operation centers located in Boca Raton, Florida; Malden, Massachusetts;
Newtown Square, Pennsylvania; Tampa, Florida; and Norcross, Georgia. Our per diem staffing operations are provided
through a network of branch offices serving major metropolitan markets predominantly located on the east and west coasts
of the U.S.
Our nurse and allied staffing revenue and earnings are impacted by the relative supply of nurses and demand for our
staffing services at healthcare facilities. Demand for our healthcare staffing services is primarily influenced by the strength
or weakness of national acute care hospital admissions relative to expectations and the volume of patients at other medical
facilities, as well as labor market dynamics that influence the number of hours worked by healthcare professionals. We
believe demand for travel nurse staffing services will be favorably impacted in the long-term by an aging population and
an increasing shortage of nurses. We rely significantly on our ability to recruit and retain nurses and other healthcare
professionals who possess the skills, experience and, as required, licensure necessary to meet the specified requirements of
our clients. Shortages of qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals could limit our ability to fill open orders and
grow our revenue and net income. In general, we believe nurses are more willing to seek travel assignments during
relatively high levels of demand for contract employment, and conversely, are more reluctant to seek travel assignments
during and immediately following periods of weak demand for contract employment.
We market our nurse and allied staffing services primarily to acute care hospitals and health systems and provide our
clients with staffing solutions through our Cross Country Staffing (CCS), MedStaff (MedStaff Local and MedStaff
Healthcare Solutions) and Allied Health Group brands. Our professionals staff a broad range of clinical settings in the for-
profit and not-for-profit sectors throughout the U.S., including acute care hospitals, physician practice groups, skilled
nursing facilities, nursing homes and sports medicine clinics, and, to a lesser degree, non-clinical settings, such as schools.
CCS is our largest brand. The vast majority of CCS revenue is derived from helping to meet the ongoing temporary nurse
and allied health staffing needs of a diverse customer base. Additionally, as a part of its business strategy, CCS provides
comprehensive Managed Service Provider (MSP) solutions to large hospitals and healthcare systems throughout the U.S.
to manage and outsource clinical staffing, vendor resources and a full supplemental workforce that are specifically tailored
to each hospital or health system based on their workforce goals and financial targets. Our MSP engagements typically
incorporate one or more of our contract nurse, contract allied and/or per diem staffing solutions. Typically, such
arrangements require CCS to:
•
•
negotiate contracts with subcontractors in order to help meet the client’s fill rate expectations,
verify that all nurses provided both by CCS and subcontractors meet CCS’ credential requirements and other
standards and testing requirements established by the client,
verify insurance coverage of the subcontractors and their candidates,
•
• manage orders for open positions from the client and distribute those needs to subcontractors as required,
•
•
interview candidates presented to ensure they meet the client’s specifications,
consolidate and reconcile the timecard approval and invoicing process for services provided by CCS and all
subcontractors,
distribute payments to subcontractors for services provided to the client, and
capture and analyze data for the benefit of the client.
•
•
These services are particularly beneficial to larger facilities and systems that require many healthcare professionals across
a broad spectrum of medical disciplines and specialties. During 2011, approximately 26% of the staffing volume in our
nurse and allied staffing segment was at MSP client facilities. In addition to directly supplying the vast majority of client
34
needs under these MSP programs, CCS has relationships with hundreds of subcontractors throughout the U.S. to ensure
that clients have access to a large pool of candidates to meet their staffing needs.
Another growing component of our business is contract staffing for hospitals and health systems undergoing electronic
medical record (EMR) technology implementations pursuant to grants available to healthcare facilities under the federal
Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Act (HITECH Act). We supply temporary healthcare
professionals to provide patient care while hospital staff nurses are away in classroom settings undergoing training and to
provide support to the staff RNs in utilizing the EMR technology upon their return to bedside care. We expect that staffing
related to EMR technology implementations will be one of the growth drivers of our nurse and allied staffing segment in
2012.
During 2011, while hospital admission trends continued to remain relatively flat and the U.S. economy struggled to
improve and national unemployment remained high, we experienced a significant broad-based increase in demand. This
included an increase in demand from hospital customers that had largely been dormant over the past few years, increased
staffing associated with hospital electronic health record implementations and ongoing staffing activity at MSP accounts.
We also experienced improved supply of qualified RNs and other healthcare professionals seeking temporary assignment
with us. We believe this improvement in demand is due, in part, to several factors:
• The non-sustainability of additional hours worked by full- and part-time staff RNs working directly for hospital
employers over the past few years due to economic and labor market dynamics that negatively impacted their family.
Historically, high national unemployment typically results in RNs increasingly seeking employment as hospital staff
nurses and those already employed as staff nurses become more willing to work more hours at prevailing wages,
which combine to reduce the need for our outsourced staffing services. The reverse begins to occur as the economy
and more specifically the labor markets improve, although there is a lag between the improvement in demand for our
nurse and allied staffing services and the improvement in supply of RNs and other healthcare professionals.
• The recovery of the stock market allowing the return to retirement of many of the more than 100,000 older RNs that
previously returned to the nursing workforce due to the significant decline in their savings and investments when the
recent economic downturn began.
• An acceleration of hospitals undergoing EMR implementations pursuant to the HITECH Act.
The improvement in demand for our nurse and allied staffing services resulted in higher relative booking activity for
future assignments that translated into an 15% revenue gain in 2011 from the prior year reflecting a 13% increase in
staffing volume and a 2% increase in the average revenue per FTE per day. Demand was increasingly driven by staffing
for EMR implementations.
Typically, as admissions increase for our hospital customers, temporary employees are often added before full-time
employees are hired. As admissions decline, clients tend to reduce their use of temporary employees before undertaking
layoffs of their staff employees. In general, we evaluate the nurse and allied staffing business segment’s financial
condition and operating results by revenue and contribution income (see Segment Information). In addition, we monitor
several key volume and profitability indicators such as number of open orders, contract bookings, number of FTEs and bill
rate per hour of service provided.
Physician Staffing
We added the physician staffing business segment in 2008 with the acquisition of MDA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(collectively, MDA) as described in the Acquisitions section which follows. MDA is headquartered in Norcross, Georgia
and offers multi-specialty locum tenens (temporary physician staffing) services to the healthcare industry in all 50 states.
Our physician staffing business revenue and earnings are impacted by the demand for temporary physician staffing
services and the supply of qualified physicians. When there are not enough physicians to fill the number of vacancies at
hospitals, practice groups or other healthcare facilities, demand increases for our services. In general, we believe that in
periods when physicians are looking for more flexibility, have concerns with cost and availability of malpractice
insurance, or want to avoid managing a practice, supply increases. In periods where the physicians are looking for more
stability, supply decreases. Demand and supply constraints may vary based on the specialty of the physician. We monitor
several key volume and profitability indicators for each specialty area of this business, such as physician staffing day filled
and revenue per days filled. In addition, we monitor this segment’s revenue, contribution income and contribution income
as a percentage of revenue.
35
During 2011, the overall economic conditions and continuing concerns with impending health care reform changes proved
challenging for overall growth in the physician staffing sector. Unemployment and higher under-employment were also
problematic for clients relative to outsourcing their staffing needs. Given these ongoing uncertainties, physicians have
increasingly opted to become employees of hospitals and health care systems. We expect this trend to continue for the
short-term. Despite the current negative economic metrics, we still believe that the future outlook for the physician
staffing industry is positive. Longer-term trends coupled with healthcare reform are favorable with demand for physicians
projected to increase significantly over the next 15 years. The needs will be particularly strong in the primary care
specialties due to recent decreases in medical school graduates entering the primary care field. Locum tenens should
benefit from these shortage trends and demands particularly with an ever increasing aging population. MDA is well
positioned to respond to the current and future needs of its healthcare partners.
We also continue to believe the long-term demographic drivers of this business are favorable. These drivers include an
aging population demanding more health care, an aging physician population from the baby boom generation nearing
retirement age, and more females entering the profession, who historically have provided relatively less hours of service
on average than males.
Clinical Trial Services
Our clinical trial services business segment is headquartered at the Research Triangle Park (RTP) in Durham, North
Carolina. We primarily provide traditional contract staffing and outsourcing services, as well as drug safety monitoring
and regulatory consulting to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, as well as contract research
organization (CRO) customers. We market these services through multiple brand offerings that have allowed us to
establish a significant geographic footprint in the U.S. along with an important presence in the European market.
Our clinical trial services revenue and earnings are impacted by the number of trials being planned and conducted by
pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies. As a result, we are impacted by our customer’s ability to
obtain financing for research and development efforts. We believe that pharmaceutical and biotech companies will
continue to need to enhance their product pipelines and conduct human clinical trials to evaluate efficacy and safety. We
can provide our customers with a broad range of services, from pre-clinical through post marketing. We rely on our ability
to recruit and maintain professionals who possess the skills, experience, and, as required, licensure necessary to meet the
specified requirements of our clients. The supply of clinical trials personnel in the marketplace is relatively stable and
comprised primarily of healthcare professionals who have left basic care to pursue clinical research opportunities and
individuals with the education and experience in life sciences. The supply of people available for our clinical trial services
is dependent on the number of clinical trial professionals not currently employed in ongoing trials, as well as new people
entering the industry, net of retirements.
The R&D activity by pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies improved somewhat during 2011
following the prior two year period in which economic factors and financial market conditions led to numerous mergers,
acquisitions and business closures, along with a reduction in R&D activities. We believe this improvement resulted as
some of the post-acquisition transition and integration plans became clearer and these companies began to bring forward
some of the projects that were previously put on hold. In addition, many large pharmaceutical and biotechnology
companies started to re-focus their efforts on later stage R&D activities to combat the prospect of numerous patent
expirations of “blockbuster” drugs in the coming years. In 2011, the staffing component of our clinical trial services
business, which represented 93% of segment revenue, experienced a modest up-tick in demand represented by improved
client requests for proposals, bid defenses and contract awards, as well as an increased need for permanent placement
positions by our client base. However, we experienced a shift in mix toward staffing lower bill-rate professionals than we
have historically. Our drug safety monitoring and regulatory compliance advisory businesses continued to remain weak in
2011, reflecting the industry downturn in demand for earlier stage clinical services, as well as some clients taking their
pharmacovigilance activities in-house following mergers with larger entities. Despite the weak trends in the
pharmaceutical and biotech industry over the past two years, demographic factors and advances in biotechnology and
genomics should drive long-term growth for this business segment.
Other Human Capital Management Services
Education and Training Services
Our Cross Country Education (CCE) subsidiary, headquartered in Brentwood, Tennessee, provides regulatory and clinical
skill-based continuing education development for healthcare professionals. CCE is an approved provider of continuing
education with more than 35 professional healthcare associations, and also works with national and state boards and
associations. CCE coordinates with various independent contractors in order to offer one-day seminars, conferences and
36
eLearning to healthcare professionals on topics pertaining to healthcare. Since 1995, CCE has trained over 1,000,000
licensed professionals in the fields of physical and occupational therapy, behavioral health, nursing, long-term care,
coding and billing, regulatory compliance, dentistry, health information and healthcare administration. In 2011, CCE held
approximately 5,450 seminars and conferences that were attended by nearly 150,000 registrants in 178 cities in the U.S.
and Canada. We extend these educational services to our field employees on favorable terms as a recruitment and
retention tool.
In 2011, CCE’s live seminar attendance decreased approximately 8% due to what we believe are several factors. First,
significant budget cuts to both non-Medicaid and Medicaid-based mental health services negatively impacted employment
for public mental health programs, which reduced demand for these programs and resulted in these professionals utilizing
to a greater degree continuing education credits via e-learning offerings. Second, the education industry is increasingly
offering live webcasting and rebroadcasting of seminars. To address this shift, CCE has significantly expanded its
offerings in this area while continuing to provide thousands of live seminars each year.
Retained Search
Our Cejka Search subsidiary is headquartered in Creve Coeur, Missouri, a business district centered within the St. Louis
metropolitan area. Cejka Search has been a leading physician, allied health and healthcare executive search firm for 30
years, recruiting top healthcare talent for organizations nationwide through a team of experienced professionals, award-
winning recruitment technology and commitment to service excellence. Serving clients nationwide, Cejka Search annually
completes hundreds of search assignments for organizations spanning the continuum of healthcare, including physician
group practices, hospitals and health systems, academic medical centers, managed care and other healthcare organizations.
In 2011, ongoing uncertainty about health care reform, Medicare reimbursement rules and the pace of economic recovery
continued to limit or delay implementation of the industry’s medical staff and administrative leadership recruitment plans,
which consequently negatively impacted demand for retained search services. Despite these market conditions, Cejka
Search experienced modest year-over-year growth in revenue and contribution income due to strategic changes made to its
business model in the prior year to be more competitive, expand market reach, and improve operating efficiency. We
believe Cejka Search is well-positioned to benefit from further economic recovery, the intensifying shortage of physicians
and midlevel providers, and the critical need for effective healthcare executive leadership, in particular physician
executive leaders.
History
In July 1999, an affiliate of Charterhouse Group, Inc (Charterhouse) and certain members of management acquired the
assets of Cross Country Staffing, our predecessor, from W. R. Grace & Co. Upon the closing of this transaction, we
changed from a partnership to a C corporation form of ownership. In December 1999, we acquired TravCorps Corporation
(TravCorps), which was owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley Private Equity (Morgan Stanley) and
certain members of TravCorps’ management and subsequently changed our name to Cross Country TravCorps, Inc.
Subsequent acquisitions and dispositions were made. In 2001, we changed our name to Cross Country, Inc., and in
October 2001, we completed our initial public offering. Subsequently, in May 2003, we changed our name to Cross
Country Healthcare, Inc.
In March 2002, and November 2004, Charterhouse and Morgan Stanley sold a portion of their ownership through
secondary offerings. Subsequently, in 2005, Morgan Stanley completed the sale of its investment in the Company. During
2006, Charterhouse sold a majority of its remaining ownership in Cross Country Healthcare but still owns approximately
2.5 million shares as of December 31, 2011. We maintain an effective registration statement for the sale of such remaining
shares.
Revenue
Our travel and per diem nurse staffing revenue is received primarily from acute care hospitals. Revenue from allied
staffing services is received from numerous sources, including providers of radiation, rehabilitation and respiratory
services at hospitals, nursing homes, physician practice groups, sports medicine clinics and schools. Our physician staffing
services revenue is primarily received from hospitals and group practices. Our clinical trial services revenue is received
primarily from companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries, as well as from contract
research organizations and acute care hospitals conducting clinical research trials. Revenue from our retained search and
our education and training services is received from numerous sources, including hospitals, physician group practices,
insurance companies and individual healthcare professionals. Our fees are paid directly by our clients and, in certain cases,
by vendor managers. As a result, we have no direct exposure to Medicare or Medicaid reimbursements.
37
Revenue is recognized when services are rendered. Accordingly, accounts receivable includes an accrual for employees’
and independent contractors’ estimated time worked but not yet invoiced. Similarly, accrued expenses include an accrual
for employees’ and independent contractors’ time worked but not yet paid. Each of our field employees and independent
contractors on travel assignment works for us under a contract. The contract period is typically 13 weeks for our nurse and
allied staffing employees with a shorter duration for physician independent contractors and a longer term for our clinical
trial staffing employees. Our staffing employees are hourly employees whose contract specifies the hourly rate they will
be paid, and any other benefits they are entitled to receive during the contract period. We typically bill clients at an hourly
rate and assume all employer costs for our staffing employees, including payroll, withholding taxes, benefits, professional
liability insurance and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, as well as any travel and
housing arrangements.
We have also entered into certain contracts with acute care facilities to provide comprehensive managed service provider
(MSP) solutions. Under these contract arrangements, we use our nurses primarily, along with those of third party
subcontractors, to fulfill customer orders. If a subcontractor is used, we invoice our customer for these services, but
revenue is recorded at the time of billing, net of any related subcontractor liability. The resulting net revenue represents
the administrative fee charged by us for our MSP services.
Recent Acquisitions
MDA Holdings, Inc.
In September 2008, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of privately-held MDA Holdings, Inc.
and its subsidiaries and all the outstanding stock of a subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (collectively, MDA). Part of the
cash paid at closing was held in escrow to cover any post-closing liabilities (Indemnification Escrow). During the year
ended December 31, 2010, approximately $3.5 million was released to the seller from the Indemnification Escrow account
leaving a balance of approximately $3.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. This transaction also included an earnout
provision based on 2008 and 2009 performance criteria. This contingent consideration is not related to the sellers’
employment. In the second quarter of 2009, we paid $6.7 million, related to 2008 performance. In the second quarter of
2010, we paid $12.8 million related to the 2009 performance, satisfying all earnout amounts potentially due to the seller in
accordance with the asset purchase agreement. Earnout payments were allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price,
in accordance with the Business Combinations Topic of the Financial Standards Accounting Board (FASB) Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC).
AKOS Limited
In June 2007, we acquired all of the shares of privately-held AKOS Limited (AKOS), based in the United Kingdom. This
transaction included an earnout provision based on 2007 and 2008 performance, as defined by the share purchase
agreement. In the first quarter of 2008, we paid £1.1 million (approximately $2.1 million) related to the 2007 performance.
In the second quarter of 2009, we paid the sellers approximately £0.5 million (approximately $0.7 million) related to the
2008 performance. The payments have been allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the
Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. AKOS is a provider of drug safety, regulatory and clinical trial services
to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in Europe, the United States, Canada and Asia.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets represented 87% of our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011. Goodwill and
other identifiable intangible assets were $143.3 million and $73.2 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization,
at December 31, 2011. In accordance with the Intangibles-Goodwill and Other Topic of the FASB ASC, goodwill and
certain other identifiable intangible assets are not subject to amortization; instead, we review impairment annually. Other
identifiable intangible assets, which are subject to amortization, are being amortized using the straight-line method over
their estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 15 years.
The Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Asset subsection of the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the FASB
ASC, requires us to test the recoverability of long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets with definite lives,
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In testing for
potential impairment, if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the expected undiscounted cash flows, we must then
determine the amount by which the fair value of those assets exceeds the carrying value and determine the amount of
impairment, if any.
38
See Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates and our consolidated financial statements Note 3 – Goodwill and Other
Identifiable Intangible Assets, for a detailed description of the results of our impairment reviews in the fourth quarters of
2011, 2010 and 2009 that resulted in total impairment charges of $10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, and
$1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected consolidated statements of operations data expressed
as a percentage of revenue. Our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.
Revenue from services
Direct operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Bad debt expense
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment and legal settlement charge
Income from operations
Interest expense
Other income, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Segment Information
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2009
100.0 %
72.6
23.1
0.1
2.1
—
2.1
0.6
(0.1 )
1.6
0.8
0.8 %
100.0 %
71.8
23.2
0.1
2.5
2.3
0.1
0.9
(0.0 )
(0.8 )
(0.2 )
(0.6% )
100.0 %
73.5
20.9
—
2.2
0.3
3.1
1.1
(0.0 )
2.0
0.8
1.2 %
We report the following business segments in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB ASC:
Nurse and allied staffing - The nurse and allied staffing business segment provides travel nurse and allied staffing services and
per diem nurse services primarily to acute care hospitals. Nurse and allied staffing services are marketed to public and private
healthcare and for-profit and not-for-profit facilities throughout the U.S. The Company aggregates the different brands that it
markets to its customers in this business segment.
Physician staffing – The physician staffing business segment provides multi-specialty locum tenens services to the healthcare
industry throughout the U.S.
Clinical trial services - The clinical trial services business segment provides clinical trial, drug safety, and regulatory
professionals and services on a contract staffing and outsourced basis to companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and
medical device industries, as well as to contract research organizations, primarily in the United States, and also in Canada and
Europe.
Other human capital management services - The other human capital management services business segment includes the
combined results of the Company’s education and training and retained search businesses that both have operations within the
U.S.
39
Information on operating segments and reconciliation to income from operations for the periods indicated are as follows:
Revenue from unaffiliated customers:
Nurse and allied staffing
Physician staffing
Clinical trial services
Other human capital management services
Contribution income (a):
Nurse and allied staffing (b)
Physician staffing
Clinical trial services
Other human capital management services
Unallocated corporate overhead (b)
Depreciation
Amortization
Impairment charges
Legal settlement charge
Income from operations
2011
Year ended December 31,
2010
(Amounts in thousands)
2009
$
$
$
$
278,793
118,781
64,609
41,803
503,986
22,441
11,320
6,555
3,172
43,488
22,663
6,791
3,493
—
—
10,541
$
$
$
$
242,160
121,599
61,957
42,846
468,562
21,383
13,052
6,391
3,768
44,594
21,560
8,043
3,851
10,764
—
376
$
$
$
$
313,038
151,853
71,678
41,668
578,237
29,062
15,165
7,029
2,973
54,229
21,666
8,773
4,018
1,726
345
17,701
_______________
(a)
We define contribution income as income from operations before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, and other
corporate expenses not specifically identified to a reporting segment. Contribution income is a measure used by management
to assess operations and is provided in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB ASC.
(b)
In the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company refined its methodology for allocating certain corporate overhead
expenses to the nurse and allied staffing segment to more accurately reflect this segment’s profitability. The segment data for
the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 has been reclassified by $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, to conform
to the current year’s presentation.
Comparison of Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenue from services
Revenue from services increased $35.4 million, or 7.6%, to $504.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as
compared to $468.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to higher revenue
from our nurse and allied staffing segment, and secondarily to higher revenue from our clinical trial services staffing
business segment; partially offset by decreases in revenue from our physician staffing and other human capital
management services business segments.
Nurse and allied staffing
Revenue from our nurse and allied staffing business segment increased $36.6 million, or 15.1%, to $278.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2011, from $242.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to higher
volume. The higher staffing volume in 2011 reflects significant improvement in demand, as measured by the number of
open orders, throughout 2011, aided by an increase in applicants applying for assignments with us.
The average number of nurse and allied staffing FTEs on contract during the year ended December 31, 2011, increased
13.1% from the year ended December 31, 2010. Average nurse and allied staffing revenue per FTE increased
approximately 1.6% in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting an
increase in our average hourly bill rate and an increase in hours provided by our healthcare professionals.
Physician staffing
Revenue from our physician staffing business decreased $2.8 million, or 2.3% to $118.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2011, compared to $121.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The revenue decline reflects
lower volume and a less favorable mix of specialties. Physician staffing days filled decreased 4.5% to 85,416 in the year
ended December 31, 2011, compared to 89,421 in the year ended December 31, 2010. Revenue per day filled for the year
40
ended December 31, 2011 was $1,391, a 2.3% decrease from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting an
unfavorable change in the mix of specialties.
Clinical trial services
Revenue from clinical trial services increased $2.7 million, or 4.3%, to $64.6 million in the year ended December 31,
2011, from $62.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
traditional contract staffing volume and 1 additional billable day in 2011, partially offset by lower average bill rates for
contract staffing services.
Other human capital management services
Revenue from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $1.0 million,
or 2.4%, to $41.8 million from $42.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, due to a decrease in revenue from our
education and training business, primarily as a result of lower average seminar attendance. Revenue from our retained
search business increased reflecting an increase in demand that was more than offset by the decline in our education and
training business.
Direct operating expenses
Direct operating expenses are comprised primarily of field employee compensation and independent contractor expenses,
housing expenses, travel expenses and field insurance expenses. Direct operating expenses increased $29.8 million, or
8.9%, to $366.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $336.3 million for year ended
December 31, 2010.
As a percentage of total revenue, direct operating expenses represented 72.6% of revenue for the year ended December 31,
2011, and 71.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was due to a combination of factors including a
shift in our business mix towards the nurse and allied staffing segment, higher physician expenses as a percent of revenue,
lower professional liability expenses and lower permanent placement revenue in our physician staffing segment, along
with a contraction in our bill-pay spread and higher housing costs in our nurse and allied staffing segment. These factors
were partially offset by lower workers’ compensation expenses in our nurse and allied staffing business segment.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.6 million, or 6.9%, to $116.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2011, as compared to $109.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Selling, general and
administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2011 included $0.7 million resulting from an increase in our
accrual for sales and other state non-income taxes, as a result of a determination made in the fourth quarter of 2011 that it
was probable we would be assessed in certain states for tax years 2008-2011. See Note 11 – Commitments and
Contingencies for more information.
Included in selling, general and administrative expenses is unallocated corporate overhead of $22.7 million for year ended
December 31, 2011, compared to $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Included in unallocated corporate
overhead are $2.9 million and $2.7 million of share-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011
and 2010, respectively. As a percentage of consolidated revenue, unallocated corporate overhead was 4.5% for the year
ended December 31, 2011, and 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
As a percentage of total revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were 23.1% and 23.2% for the years ended
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Bad debt expense
Bad debt expense as a percentage of total revenue was 0.1%, or $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Bad
debt expense as a percentage of total revenue was 0.1%, or $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The
Company’s calculation and methodology remain consistent.
Contribution income
Contribution income from our nurse and allied staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $1.1
million or 4.9%, to $22.4 million from $21.4 million in year ended December 31, 2010. As a percentage of nurse and
allied staffing revenue, segment contribution income was 8.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011, and 8.8% for the
41
year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease is primarily due to a contraction in our bill-pay spread and higher housing
costs partially offset by lower workers’ compensation expenses.
Contribution income from our physician staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $1.7 million
or 13.3% to $11.3 million compared to $13.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. As a percentage of physician
staffing revenue, contribution income was 9.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 10.7% for the year ended
December 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to a change in specialty mix resulting in higher physician expense as
a percentage of revenue, an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses related to a portion of the
aforementioned increase in our accrual for sales and other state non-income taxes, and lower permanent placement
revenue. Partially offsetting these decreases were lower professional liability expenses as a percentage of revenue in this
segment in the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, based on better than
expected loss development.
Contribution income from clinical trial services for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $0.2 million, or 2.6%, to
$6.6 million, compared to $6.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. As a percentage of clinical trial services
revenue, segment contribution income was 10.1% in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 10.3% in the year
ended December 31, 2010.
Contribution income from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased by
$0.6 million, or 15.8%, to $3.2 million, from $3.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 due to a decrease in
contribution income from the education and training business, partially offset by an increase in contribution income from
our retained search businesses. Contribution income as a percentage of other human capital management services revenue
was 7.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 8.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense in the year ended December 31, 2011, totaled $10.3 million as compared to
$11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization expense
was 2.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Impairment charges
Impairment charges of $10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted from the impact lower locum tenens
usage had on our long-term revenue forecast. Thus, our calculation of estimated fair value using the projected revenue
stream indicated the carrying amount of the trademarks acquired with the MDA acquisition in September 2008 might not
have been fully recoverable. Based on these circumstances, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge, of which
$10.0 million related to our physician staffing segment and $0.7 million related to our nurse and allied staffing segment.
See Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates and our consolidated financial statements Note 3 – Goodwill and Other
Identifiable Intangible Assets, for more information.
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
Foreign exchange gains of $0.2 million were realized in the period ended December 31, 2011, compared to $0.1 million of
losses realized in the year ended December 31, 2010. Foreign currency gains and losses are realized upon the settlement of
cash flows from transactions denominated in different currencies.
Interest expense
Interest expense totaled $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $4.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. Lower interest expense was due to a lower effective interest rate on our borrowings and lower
average borrowings in the year ended December 31, 2011. The effective interest rate on our borrowings for the year ended
December 31, 2011, was 2.3% compared to a rate of 5.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in the
effective interest rate on our borrowings was primarily a result of the expiration of interest rate swaps in the fourth quarter
of 2010. Interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2010 included an estimate of $0.2 million ineffectiveness on our
interest rate swaps caused by significant prepayments on our term loan borrowings. See Note 8- Interest Rate Swap
Agreements in our notes to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our interest rate swap
agreements.
Other income, net
Other income, net includes interest income on our cash and cash equivalents and short and long-term cash investments,
and other income and expense. During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, other income, net is primarily interest
income, and was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
42
Income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense totaled $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to an income tax benefit of
$1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate was 50.2% in the year ended December 31,
2011, compared to 26.4% in the year ended December 31, 2010. The higher effective tax rate in the year ended December
31, 2011 was partly due to an adjustment of $0.3 million to income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2011 related to an
overstatement of deferred tax assets in prior periods. Excluding this adjustment, the effective tax rate was 46.5% in the
year ended December 31, 2011. The lower effective tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted from the
impact of the deferred tax benefit on impairment charges of $10.8 million. Excluding the impairment charges and related
deferred tax benefit, the adjusted effective tax rate would have been 45.3%.
Comparison of Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009
Revenue from services
Revenue from services decreased $109.7 million, or 19.0%, to $468.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as
compared to $578.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower revenue from our nurse
and allied staffing, physician staffing and clinical trial services business segments, partially offset by an increase in
revenue from our other human capital management services business segment. The decreases in revenue reflected the
challenging operating environment that all of our business segments experienced resulting from decreased demand from
our customers.
Nurse and allied staffing
Revenue from our nurse and allied staffing business segment decreased $70.9 million, or 22.6%, to $242.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010, from $313.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to lower
volume, but also due to lower average bill rates. The lower staffing volume in 2010 reflected the continued impact of a
weak national labor market since the fall of 2008.
The average number of nurse and allied staffing FTEs on contract during the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased
20.1% from the year ended December 31, 2009. Average nurse and allied staffing revenue per FTE decreased
approximately 3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
Physician staffing
Revenue from our physician staffing business decreased $30.3 million, or 19.9% to $121.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010, compared to $151.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The revenue decline reflected
decreased demand for our temporary physician staffing services, in a number of specialties, particularly our
anesthesiology specialty. Physician staffing days filled was 89,421 in the year ended December 31, 2010 and revenue per
day filled for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1,360. Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, the Company refined
its statistical methodology related to its physician staffing days filled metrics. Accordingly, historical 2010 data for these
metrics have been revised to conform to the current year’s presentation. Historical data for the year ended December 31,
2009 has not been reclassified due to excessive cost of applying the methodology, which, the Company believes
outweighs the benefit of the additional information.
Clinical trial services
Revenue from clinical trial services decreased $9.7 million, or 13.6%, to $62.0 million in the year ended December 31,
2010, from $71.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. This decline was primarily due to several clinical research
projects that ended in the third quarter of 2009, a decrease in revenue from a specific drug safety contract and a decrease
in contract staffing volume.
Other human capital management services
Revenue from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased $1.2 million, or
2.8%, to $42.8 million from $41.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, entirely due to an increase in revenue
from our education and training business, primarily as a result of higher average seminar attendance. Revenue from our
retained search business was down slightly compared to 2009.
Direct operating expenses
Direct operating expenses are comprised primarily of field employee and independent contractor compensation expenses,
housing expenses, travel expenses and field insurance expenses. Direct operating expenses decreased $88.7 million, or
43
20.9%, to $336.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $425.0 million for year ended
December 31, 2009.
As a percentage of total revenue, direct operating expenses represented 71.8% of revenue for the year ended December 31,
2010, and 73.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily due to a change in the mix of our
business segments, a widening of our bill-pay spread and lower housing costs in our travel staffing operations, and lower
professional liability expenses as a percentage of revenue in our physician staffing business. Lower professional liability
expenses in our physician staffing business segment reflected better than expected loss development, and to a lesser extent
a change in the mix of business to lower risk specialties.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $11.7 million, or 9.7%, to $109.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010, as compared to $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in selling,
general and administrative expenses were primarily due to our efforts to reduce overhead expenses.
Included in selling, general and administrative expenses is unallocated corporate overhead of $21.6 million for year ended
December 31, 2010, compared to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Included in unallocated corporate
overhead are $2.7 million and $2.0 million of share-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010
and 2009, respectively. As a percentage of consolidated revenue, unallocated corporate overhead was 4.6% for the year
ended December 31, 2010, and 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2009.
As a percentage of total revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were 23.2% and 20.9%, respectively, for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This increase is primarily due to negative operating leverage and a
change in mix of our business segments.
Bad debt expense
Bad debt expense as a percentage of total revenue was 0.1%, or $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. No
bad debt expense was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to improved collections. The Company’s
calculation and methodology remain consistent.
Contribution income
Contribution income from our nurse and allied staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased
$7.7 million or 26.4%, to $21.4 million from $29.1 million in year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of nurse
and allied staffing revenue, segment contribution income was 8.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010, and 9.3% for
the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease is primarily due to negative operating leverage and higher field
insurance expenses as a percentage of revenue, partially offset by a widening of our bill-pay spread and a decline in
housing costs.
Contribution income from our physician staffing segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased $2.1 million
or 13.9% to $13.1 million compared to $15.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of physician
staffing revenue, contribution income was 10.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 10.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2009. The improvement in contribution income as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to lower
professional liability expense in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009,
reflecting better than expected loss development as well as a change in mix to lower risk specialties.
Contribution income from clinical trial services for the year ended December 31, 2010, decreased $0.6 million, or 9.1%, to
$6.4 million, compared to $7.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of clinical trial services
revenue, segment contribution income was 10.3% in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 9.8% in the year
ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to efforts to reduce overhead expenses.
Contribution income from other human capital management services for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased by
$0.8 million, or 26.7%, to $3.8 million, from $3.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 due to increases in
contribution income from both the education and training and retained search businesses. Contribution income as
a percentage of other human capital management services revenue was 8.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily reflecting improved leverage in our education and training business
and lower selling, general and administrative expenses in our retained search businesses.
44
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense in the year ended December 31, 2010, totaled $11.9 million as compared to
$12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization expense
was 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Impairment charges
Impairment charges of $10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted from the impact lower locum tenens
usage has had on our long term revenue forecast. Thus, our calculation of estimated fair value using the projected revenue
stream indicated the carrying amount of the trademarks acquired with the MDA acquisition in September 2008 might not
have been fully recoverable. Based on these circumstances, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge, of which
$10.0 million related to our physician staffing segment and $0.7 million related to our nurse and allied staffing segment.
Impairment charges of $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted from the consolidation of our non-
staffing brands within our clinical trial services business segment to gain operating efficiencies. As a result of this
consolidation, we determined that one of the trademarks and database will no longer be used and, accordingly, we
recorded a $1.7 million non-cash impairment charge. See Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates and our
consolidated financial statements Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets, for more information.
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
Foreign exchange losses of $0.1 million were realized in the period ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Foreign currency
gains and losses are realized upon the settlement of cash flows from transactions denominated in different currencies.
Interest expense
Interest expense totaled $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $6.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009. Lower interest expense was due to lower average borrowings in the year ended December 31, 2010,
partially offset by a higher effective interest rate on our borrowings. Higher borrowings in the year ended December 31,
2009, were primarily due to the financing of the MDA acquisition. The effective interest rate on our borrowings for the
year ended December 31, 2010, was 5.0% compared to a rate of 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest
expense in the year ended December 31, 2009 included an estimate of $0.2 million ineffectiveness on our interest rate
swaps caused by significant prepayments on our term loan borrowings. The estimate was trued up in the year ended
December 31, 2010, coinciding with the interest rate swap payments. See Note 8- Interest Rate Swap Agreements in our
notes to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our interest rate swap agreements which
expired in the fourth quarter of 2010.
Other income, net
Other income, net includes interest income on our cash and cash equivalents and short and long-term cash investments,
and other income and expense. During the year ended December 31, 2010 other income, net of $0.2 million is primarily
interest income. During the year ended December 31, 2009, other income, net was $0.3 million and included $0.2 million
of a gain on the sale of marketable securities.
Income tax (benefit) expense
Income tax benefit totaled $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to income tax expense of
$5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rate was 26.4% in the year ended December 31,
2010, compared to 42.6% in the year ended December 31, 2009. The lower effective tax rate in the year ended
December 31, 2010 resulted from the impact of the deferred tax benefit on impairment charges of $10.8 million.
Excluding the impairment charges and related deferred tax benefit, the adjusted effective tax rate would have been 45.3%.
The 2009 effective tax rate excluding the 2009 impairment & legal settlement charges would have been 42.0%. This
increase in the effective rate was due to the relatively greater impact of the non-deductibility of certain per diem payments
on 2010 pretax income excluding impairment charges compared to its impact on 2009 pretax income excluding
impairment charges and legal settlement charges.
Transactions with Related Parties
We provide services to hospitals which are affiliated with certain Board of Director members. Revenue related to these
transactions amounted to approximately $2.1 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million in aggregate for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Accounts receivable due from these hospitals at December 31, 2011
and 2010 were approximately $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Pricing for our services is consistent with our
45
other hospital customers. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we entered into an MSP arrangement with one of the
hospital systems.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2011, we had a current ratio, defined as the amount of current assets divided by current liabilities, of
2.3 to 1. Working capital decreased by $9.1 million to $58.5 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to $67.5 million
as of December 31, 2010. Days’ sales outstanding increased 1 day and was 53 days at December 31, 2011 and 52 days at
December 31, 2010, consistent with historical ranges.
Our operating cash flows constitute our primary source of liquidity, and historically, have been sufficient to fund our
working capital, capital expenditures, internal business expansion and debt service including our commitments as
described in the Commitments table which follows. We believe that our capital resources are sufficient to meet our
working capital needs for the next twelve months. We expect to meet our future needs for working capital, capital
expenditures, internal business expansion and debt service from a combination of operating cash flows and funds available
through the revolving loan portion of our current credit agreement. We continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that
may require additional funding. In addition to those amounts available under our existing credit agreement, we may incur
up to an additional $45.0 million in Indebtedness (as defined by the Credit Agreement).
Stock Repurchase Programs
In February 2008, our Board of Directors authorized our most recent stock repurchase program whereby we may purchase
up to 1.5 million shares of our common stock, subject to the terms of our credit agreement. The shares may be repurchased
from time-to-time in the open market and the repurchase program may be discontinued at any time at our discretion.
During the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased under this program, 427,043 shares of our common stock at an
average price of $5.23 per share. The cost of such purchases was approximately $2.2 million. All of the common stock
was retired. During year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we did not repurchase shares. At December 31, 2011, we
had 1,014,096 shares of common stock left remaining to repurchase under our February 2008 authorization, subject to the
limitations of our Credit Agreement. See Credit Agreement section below and consolidated financial statements Note 7-
Long-term Debt.
Credit Agreement
We have a credit agreement which includes a term loan, a revolving loan facility and Swingline Loans (as defined in the
Credit Agreement). On May 28, 2010, we entered into a first amendment to our Credit Agreement with the lenders party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association) as
Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement amendment, among other things, extends the maturity date of the revolving
credit facility from November 2010 to September 2013 to be coterminous with the term loan facility, and reduces our
existing revolving credit facility to $50.0 million from $75.0 million, and our sublimit for letters of credit to $20.0 million
from $35.0 million. Our sublimit for the issuance of Swingline Loans remained at $10.0 million. The revolving loan
facility and term loan bear interest at a rate of, at our option, either: (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a
leverage-based margin or (ii) Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a leverage-based margin. We paid
$1.5 million of financing fees related to this amendment that have been capitalized as debt issuance costs. Debt issuance
costs related to this amendment are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the Credit
Agreement. In addition, we wrote off an immaterial amount of debt issuance costs related to the reduction of the size of
the revolving credit facility.
As of December 31, 2011, interest on our revolving credit facility was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% or Base
Rate (as defined by the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 2.50%. The interest rate spreads on our term loan as of
December 31, 2011 were based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% or Base Rate plus a margin of 1.00%. The Company is
required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving loan facility, which, as of
December 31, 2011 was 0.625%. As a result of our reduced leverage as of December 31, 2011, our applicable margins
were reduced by 25 basis points in March 2012.
The revolving loan facility is being used for general corporate purposes including working capital, capital expenditures
and permitted acquisitions and investments, as well as to pay fees and expenses related to the credit facility. Swingline
Loans and letters of credit issued under this facility reduce the revolving loan facility on a dollar for dollar basis. As of
December 31, 2011, we did not have any borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility, but had $12.6 million
of standby letters of credit outstanding under this facility, leaving $37.4 million available for borrowing under our
revolving loan facility.
46
The Credit Agreement includes customary covenants and events of default. As of December 31, 2011, we were in
compliance with the financial covenants and other covenants contained in the Credit Agreement. Specifically, the table
below summarizes what we believe are the key financial covenants, as defined by the Credit Agreement, and our
corresponding actual performance as of December 31, 2011.
Requirement
2.50 to 1.00
1.50 to 1.00
$6.6 million
Actual
1.73 to 1.00
2.37 to 1.00
$4.0 million
Maximum Permitted Leverage Ratio (a)
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (b)
Maximum Capital Expenditures for 2011 (c)
_______________
(a)
The Company’s Leverage Ratio must not be greater than 2.50 to 1.00 for the duration of the Credit Agreement ending
September 2013.
(b)
(c)
The Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined by the Credit Agreement) must not be less than: 1) 1.50 to 1.00 for
the fiscal year 2011; 2) 1.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2012 and 3) 1.15 to 1.00 thereafter.
The Capital Expenditures limit as defined by the Credit Agreement may be increased in any fiscal year by the amount of
Capital Expenditures that were permitted but not made in the immediately preceding fiscal year. The aggregate Capital
Expenditures limit for the fiscal years following as defined by the Credit Agreement are: 1) $4.0 million in the fiscal year
2010; 2) $5.0 million in the fiscal year 2011; and 3) $7.0 million in the fiscal year 2012. The 2011 limit in the preceding table
reflects an increase of $1.6 million representing the 2010 fiscal year excess that was permitted but not made.
The terms of the Credit Agreement include customary covenants and events of default for similarly leveraged deals. The
Credit Agreement includes a mandatory prepayment provision, which requires us to make mandatory prepayments
subsequent to receiving net proceeds from the sale of assets, insurance recoveries, or the issuance of our debt or equity. In
addition, when our Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of a fiscal year is greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00,
we are required to make principal prepayments of at least 50% of Excess Cash Flow, both, as defined by the agreement.
No additional principal prepayments are expected relating to Excess Cash Flow for 2011.
The dividends and distribution covenant limits our ability to repurchase our common stock and declare and pay cash
dividends on our common stock. The Credit Agreement, as amended, provides for an amount allowed for stock
repurchases/dividends subsequent to May 28, 2010, that is the lesser of $25.0 million and 50% of cumulative Consolidated
Net Income (as defined by the Credit Agreement) for each fiscal quarter after March 31, 2010 where financial statements
have been delivered; provided, that our Debt/EBITDA ratio (as defined by the Credit Agreement), after giving effect to
the transaction, is less than 1.00 to 1.00 and there is $40.0 million in cash or available cash under its revolving loan
facility. However, if our Debt/EBITDA ratio, after giving effect to the transaction is less than 2.00 to 1.00 but equal to or
greater than 1.00 to 1.00, and there are no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility (other than letters of
credit), the allowable amount for repurchases/dividends is $2.5 million. Under these limitations, during the year ended
December 31, 2011, we repurchased a total of 427,043 shares for approximately $2.2 million.
Our requirement to obtain lender consent for acquisitions was also adjusted. Effective with the May 2010 amendment, we
are required to obtain the consent of our lenders to complete any acquisition which exceeds $20.0 million or would cause
us to exceed $50.0 million in aggregate cash and non-cash consideration for Permitted Acquisitions (as defined by the
Credit Agreement) during the term of the Credit Agreement (excluding the MDA acquisition). The commitments under
the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of our company.
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $18.3 million compared to
$31.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is primarily due to an increase in our accounts
receivable in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a decrease in accounts receivable in the year ended
December 31, 2010. The increase in accounts receivable in the year ended December 31, 2011 is reflective of the increase
in revenue we have experienced in 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010 we experienced sequential declines in
revenue with relatively similar days’ sales outstanding.
Investing activities used $4.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $16.2 million in the year ended
December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we used $12.8 million to pay an earnout related to the MDA
acquisition. The earnout payment was based on MDA’s 2009 performance. We used $4.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively
for capital expenditures during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. In addition, other investing activities used
$0.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Other investing activities
47
reflect our investments in short and long term cash investments that are highly liquid with underlying maturities greater than 90
days.
Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011, was $14.2 million, compared to $11.2 million
during the year ended December 31, 2010. We repaid total debt, net of borrowings, in the amounts of $11.8 million and
$9.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily using cash flow from operations.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we also paid debt issuance costs of $1.5 million related to our credit agreement
amendment previously described. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we used $0.2 million to repurchase
shares of common stock to cover withholding liabilities related to the vesting of restricted stock.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $31.5 million compared to $72.4 million
during the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to lower collections of accounts receivable in the
year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to declining revenue since
December 2008.
Investing activities used $16.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $11.7 million in the year ended
December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we used $12.8 million to pay an earnout related to the MDA
acquisition. The earnout payment was based on MDA’s 2009 performance. We used $6.8 million during the year ended
December 31, 2009 to pay the earnout related to MDA’s 2008 performance. In addition, in 2009, we used $0.7 million to pay a
2009 earnout related to our AKOS acquisition. We used $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively for capital expenditures
during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In addition, other investing activities used $1.0 million and $1.7 million,
respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Other investing activities reflect our investments in short and
long term cash investments that are highly liquid with underlying maturities greater than 90 days.
Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010, was $11.2 million, compared to $64.2 million
during the year ended December 31, 2009. We repaid total debt, net of borrowings, in both years, in the amounts of $9.5 million
and $70.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, primarily using cash flow from operations.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we also paid debt issuance costs of $1.5 million related to our credit agreement
amendment previously described. We used $0.2 million and $0.1 million to repurchase shares of common stock to cover
withholding liabilities related to the vesting of restricted stock. During the year ended December 31, 2009, additional cash was
provided by $5.0 million of restricted cash that was released and $1.6 million of proceeds and tax benefits from the exercise of
stock options.
Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
The following table reflects our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2011:
Commitments
Total
2012
2015
2014
2013
(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
2016
Thereafter
Senior secured credit facility (a)
Capital lease obligations
Operating leases obligations (b)
Purchase obligations (c)
$ 41,451
594
24,341
1,556
$ 67,942
$ 16,795
203
6,126
995
$ 24,119
$ 24,656
227
5,853
422
$ 31,158
$
—
72
3,621
104
$ 3,797
$ —
65
3,095
35
$ 3,195
$ —
27
3,066
—
$ 3,093
$
$
—
—
2,580
—
2,580
_______________
(a)
Under our credit facility, we are required to comply with certain financial covenants. Our inability to comply with the
required covenants or other provisions could result in default under our credit facility. In the event of any such default and our
inability to obtain a waiver of the default, all amounts outstanding under the credit facility could be declared immediately due
and payable.
(b)
Represents future minimum lease payments associated with operating lease agreements with original terms of more than one
year.
(c)
Other contractual obligations include contracts for information systems consulting services.
In addition to the above disclosed contractual obligations, the Company has accrued uncertain tax positions, pursuant to
the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC of $4.5 million at December 31, 2011. Based on the uncertainties associated
with the settlement of these items, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of potential
settlements, if any, with the taxing authorities.
48
Critical Accounting Principles and Estimates
We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used
in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates
and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis, including those related to asset
impairment, accruals for self insurance, allowance for doubtful accounts, taxes and other contingencies and litigation. We
state our accounting policies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31,
2011, contained herein. These estimates are based on information that is currently available to us and on various
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from those estimates
under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
1)
We have recorded goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions through
December 31, 2011. In accordance with the Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Topic of the FASB ASC, goodwill
and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, and whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Pursuant to the annual testing of goodwill, in the fourth quarters of 2011, 2010 and 2009 we evaluated five
reporting units: 1) nurse and allied staffing, 2) physician staffing, 3) clinical trial services, 4) retained search and
5) education and training. Upon completion of the first step in our annual impairment assessment as of
December 31, 2011 and 2010, we determined that no impairment was indicated.
For the December 31, 2011 impairment test, we estimated the fair value of each our reporting units based on a
weighting of both the income approach and the market approach (blended fair value).
The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit that served as the primary basis for the income approach were
based on discrete financial forecasts developed by management for planning purposes and consistent with those
distributed within the Company and externally. A number of significant assumptions and estimates were involved
in the application of the income methodology including forecasted revenue, margins, operating cash flows,
discount rate, and working capital changes. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period of ten years were
estimated using a terminal value calculation. A terminal value growth rate of 2.5% was used for each reporting
unit. The income approach valuations included reporting unit cash flow discount rates, representing each
reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC), ranging from 11.0% to 18.7%.
The market approach applied pricing multiples derived from publicly-traded guideline companies that are
comparable to the respective reporting unit, to determine its value. We utilized total enterprise value/revenue
multiples ranging from 0.3 to 0.9 and total enterprise value/EBITDA multiples ranging from 8.1 to 10.4. The
reporting unit’s market value was determined assuming a 50% weighting to revenue multiples and a 50%
weighting to EBITDA multiples for our nurse and allied, physician staffing and clinical trial services reporting
units; a 100% weighting to EBITDA multiples for our education and training reporting unit; and a 100%
weighting to revenue multiples for our retained search reporting unit.
The total fair value of the reporting units was reconciled to our December 31, 2011 market capitalization. The
reasonableness of the resulting control premium was assessed based on a review of comparative market
transactions and other qualitative factors that might have influenced our share price. The fair value under the
blended fair value approach implied a control premium of 64%, which is an amount we estimate a buyer would
be willing to pay in excess of the December 31, 2011 market price of $5.55 in order to acquire a controlling
interest. Our market capitalization was also considered in assessing the reasonableness of the cumulative fair
values of the reporting units. Our market capitalization as of December 31, 2011 was approximately $171.0
million. In performing the reconciliation of our market capitalization to fair value, we considered both
quantitative and qualitative factors which supported the implied control premium.
Upon completion of the December 31, 2011 assessment, we determined that the estimated fair value of all of our
reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values as follows: nurse and allied staffing – 11%, physician
staffing – 7%, clinical trial services – 1%, retained search – 35% and education and training – 161%. The
estimated fair value of our reporting units is highly sensitive to changes in projections and assumptions;
49
therefore, in some instances minor changes in these assumptions could impact whether the fair value of the
reporting unit is greater than its carrying value.
Clinical trial services reporting unit
Our clinical trial services reporting unit was at risk of failing the step one impairment test. This reporting unit
grew its revenue and contribution income during 2011, and, thus far in 2012, its backlog of contracted business is
up substantially from 2011. This recent performance has been relied upon, in part, in our determination that
impairment did not exist at December 31, 2011. However, this reporting unit is at risk of a future impairment in
the event of significant unfavorable changes in the forecasted cash flows or the key assumptions used in our
analysis.
Examples of events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying key
assumptions and ultimately impact the estimated fair value of our clinical trial services reporting unit may include
such items as the following:
• The assumed renewal of business or bringing in new business later in the year may not come to fruition.
• The concentration of business we receive from several key customers, the loss of which would have a
material adverse effect on the business.
• Cancellation or delay in a clinical trial, for which we are providing staffing or drug safety services could
have a material adverse effect on the business.
• Consolidation of our customer base in the pharmaceutical/biotech industry could result in delays or
reductions in purchases of our services.
• Disruption in the capital markets, resulting in the inability of customers to access capital or in a higher
discount rate to be used in our fair value analysis.
As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the annual
goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. Although management believes the
assumptions and estimates made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could
materially impact the reported financial results.
An increase of 100 basis points in the assumed weighted average cost of capital, a decrease in the assumed
terminal value growth rate of 100 basis points, or a 10% decrease in the projected cash flows could cause the fair
value of our clinical trial services reporting unit to be 2-5% below its carrying value. Goodwill for this reporting
unit is $61.9 million as of December 31, 2011, or 18% of our total assets. During 2012, we will monitor this
unit’s performance and determine whether a reassessment is necessary regarding potential impairment of
goodwill.
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis related to the impact of changes in certain key assumptions, on a
standalone basis, on the percentage variance between fair value and carrying value for each of the reporting units:
Nurse and allied staffing
Physician staffing
Clinical trial services
Education and training
Retained search
December 31, 2011
Fair value Variance
versus Carrying
Value
11.1%
7.1%
1.0%
161.1%
35.0%
100 basis point
increase in
WACC
Sensitivity Analysis
Fair Value Variance versus Carrying Value
100 basis point
decrease in
Terminal
Growth Rate
8.4%
4.7%
(2.0)%
154.6%
33.6%
5.7%
2.2%
(4.8)%
146.9%
30.7%
5.8%
1.7%
(4.3)%
147.2%
28.6%
10% reduction in
After-Tax Cash
Flows
In addition, the Property, Plant and Equipment/Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Topic of the FASB
ASC, requires us to test the recoverability of long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets with
definite lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. In testing for potential impairment, if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the expected
undiscounted cash flows, we must then determine the amount by which the fair value of those assets exceeds the
carrying value and determine the amount of impairment, if any.
50
In the fourth quarter of 2011, in conjunction with our annual testing of other indefinite-lived intangible assets not
subject to amortization, no impairments were identified. The estimated fair value of our other indefinite-lived
intangible assets are highly sensitive to changes in projections and assumptions; therefore, in some instances
minor changes in these assumptions could impact whether the fair value of the other indefinite-lived intangible
assets are greater than their carrying value. An increase in the assumed weighted average cost of capital of 100
basis points could cause the fair value of our physician staffing trademark to be 10% below its carrying value, or
a reduction of $3.3 million. As of December 31, 2011, other indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to
amortization on our consolidated balance sheets totaled $52.1 million.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, in conjunction with our annual testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets not
subject to amortization, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of approximately $10.8 million of
which $10.0 million related to the physician staffing segment and $0.7 million related to the nurse and allied
staffing segment. The assessment was impacted by a then recent reduction in locum tenens usage and the overall
physician staffing needs of our customers. Based on the impact those trends had on the long term revenue
forecast, our calculation of estimated fair value using the projected revenue stream indicated the carrying amount
of the trademark may not have been fully recoverable.
In the fourth quarter of 2009, we streamlined our non-staffing operations within the clinical trial services segment
to gain efficiencies, including a change in our marketing strategy for the business. Based on these circumstances,
and in conjunction with our annual testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash
impairment charge which represented the entire carrying value of a trademark and database of approximately
$1.7 million. These charges are included in impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations for
the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The calculation of fair value used in these impairment assessments included a number of estimates and
assumptions that required significant judgments, including projections of future income and cash flows, the
identification of appropriate market multiples and the choice of an appropriate discount rate. Changes in these
assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value for each reporting unit. Specifically, further
deterioration of demand for our services, further deterioration of labor market conditions, reduction of our stock
price for an extended period, or other factors as described in Item 1.A. Risk Factors, may affect our determination
of fair value of each reporting unit. This evaluation can also be triggered by various indicators of impairment
which could cause the estimated discounted cash flows to be less than the carrying amount of net assets. If we are
required to record an impairment charge in the future, it could have an adverse impact on our results of
operations. Under the current credit agreement an impairment charge will not have an impact on our liquidity. As
of December 31, 2011, we had total goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization of $195.4 million.
We maintain accruals for our health, workers’ compensation and professional liability insurance policies that are
partially self-insured and are classified as accrued compensation and benefits on our consolidated balance sheets.
We determine the adequacy of these accruals by periodically evaluating our historical experience and trends
related to health, workers’ compensation and professional liability claims and payments, based on actuarial
models, as well as industry experience and trends. If such models indicate that our accruals are overstated or
understated, we will reduce or provide for additional accruals as appropriate. Healthcare insurance accruals have
fluctuated with increases or decreases in the average number of temporary healthcare professionals on assignment
as well as actual company experience and increases in national healthcare costs. As of December 31, 2011 and
2010, we had $1.6 million and $1.2 million accrued, respectively, for incurred but not reported health insurance
claims. Corporate and field employees are covered through a partially self-insured health plan. Workers’
compensation insurance accruals can fluctuate over time due to the number of employees and inflation, as well as
additional exposures arising from the current policy year. As of December 31, 2011, we had $3.0 million accrued
for incurred but not reported workers’ compensation claims and retentions a decrease of $0.7 million over the
amount accrued at December 31, 2010. The accrual for workers’ compensation is based on an actuarial model
which is prepared or reviewed by an independent actuary. As of December 31, 2011, and 2010, we had
$9.2 million and $10.5 million accrued, respectively, for incurred but not reported professional liability claims
and retentions. The accrual for professional liability is based on an actuarial model which is prepared or reviewed
by an independent actuary.
2)
3)
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers
to make required payments, which results in a provision for bad debt expense. We determine the adequacy of this
allowance by continually evaluating individual customer receivables, considering the customer’s financial
condition, credit history and current economic conditions. If the financial condition of our customers were to
51
4)
5)
deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.
We write off specific accounts based on an ongoing review of collectibility as well as our past experience with
the customer. Historically, losses on uncollectible accounts have not exceeded our allowances. As of
December 31, 2011, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.2 million.
We are subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. Some of these matters
include professional liability and employee-related matters. Our healthcare facility clients may also become
subject to claims, governmental inquiries and investigations and legal actions to which we may become a party
relating to services provided by our professionals. From time to time, and depending upon the particular facts and
circumstances, we may be subject to indemnification obligations under our contracts with our healthcare facility
clients relating to these matters. Material pending legal proceedings brought against us, if any, other than
ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business are described in Legal Proceedings.
We account for income taxes in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and
other loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
As of December 31, 2011, we have deferred tax assets related to certain federal, state and foreign net operating
loss carryforwards of $13.3 million for which we have recorded a valuation allowance of $3.0 million. The state
carryforwards will expire between 2012 and 2031. The federal carryforwards expire between 2030 and 2031. The
majority of the foreign carryforwards are in a jurisdiction with no expiration. In addition, the tax effect resulting
from our goodwill impairment charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2008, caused the net deferred tax
liability position to change to a net deferred tax asset position at that time. We have determined that it is more
likely than not that the net deferred tax asset related to the goodwill impairment charge of $84.0 million will be
realized in the future with the exception of a specific state portion of the net deferred tax asset for which a
valuation allowance of $0.6 million has been recorded.
In considering whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate we consider several sources of taxable income,
including, but not limited to the following items:
• The reversal of taxable temporary differences to offset deductible temporary differences in the future.
• Carryback potential to support the utilization of the deferred tax asset.
•
Projections of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.
In our determination at December 31, 2011, we relied partially on projections of future taxable income, exclusive
of reversing temporary differences, to reach our conclusion that no valuation allowance is necessary on the net
deferred tax asset, except as otherwise discussed. However, if the levels of future taxable income we have
projected are not achieved, there is a risk that the Company could not recover this entire net deferred tax asset.
We will continue, in the future, to evaluate whether or not the net deferred tax assets will be fully realized prior to
expiration.
In calculating the provision for income taxes on an interim basis, we use an estimate of the annual effective tax
rate based upon the facts and circumstances known at each interim period. On a quarterly basis, the actual
effective tax rate is adjusted as appropriate based upon the actual results as compared to those forecasted at the
beginning of the fiscal year.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is
required in determining our consolidated provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets
and liabilities. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the
ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Accruals for unrecognized tax benefits are provided for in accordance
with the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC. An unrecognized tax benefit represents the difference between
the recognition of benefits related to exposure items for income tax reporting purposes and financial reporting
purposes. The current portion of the unrecognized tax benefit is classified as a component of other current
liabilities, and the non-current portion is included within other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance
sheets. As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized tax benefits recorded was $4.5 million. We have a reserve
for interest and penalties on exposure items, if applicable, which is recorded as a component of the overall
income tax provision. We are regularly under audit by tax authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is
always uncertain, we believe that we have appropriate support for the positions taken on our tax returns and that
our annual tax provision includes amounts sufficient to pay any assessments. Nonetheless, the amounts ultimately
52
paid, if any, upon resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts
accrued for each year.
6)
Our sales and other non-income tax filings are subject to routine audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where
we conduct business, which may result in assessments of additional taxes. As a result of a state administrative
ruling, we determined that additional sales and non-income taxes were probable of being assessed for certain
states. The total amount accrued is based on our best estimate of our probable liability and is based on current
available information and interpretation of relevant tax regulations.
In the fourth quarter of 2011, we estimated an incremental sales and non-income tax liability, included in selling,
general and administrative expenses, of approximately $0.7 million pretax. Approximately $0.5 million of the
estimated liability relates to 2008-2010 tax years. Given the nature of the Company’s business, significant
subjectivity exists as to both whether sales and other non-income tax can be assessed on the activity and how the
sales tax will ultimately be measured by the relevant jurisdictions. The Company makes a determination each
reporting period whether the estimates for sales and other non-income taxes in certain states should be revised.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive
Income, (ASU 2011-05), which is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after
December 15, 2011. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the
statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the
components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or
in two separate but consecutive statements. In addition, in December 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-12,
Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of
Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-
05, (ASU 2011-12), which is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December
15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2011-12 defers the ASU 2011-05 requirement to present reclassification
adjustments for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income in both net income and other comprehensive
income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-12 also defers the requirement to report reclassification
adjustments in interim periods. We early adopted ASU 2011-05 for our consolidated financial statements in 2011. We
expect to adopt ASU 2011-12 in the first quarter of 2012 and, if applicable, will include any reclassification adjustments in
our consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) at that time.
In September 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-08, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing
Goodwill for Impairment, (ASU 2011-08), which is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2011-08 allows the option to first
assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value
of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after considering the totality of events and circumstances, an entity
determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, performing
the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. We expect to adopt this standard for our consolidated financial statements in
the first quarter of 2012.
In May 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve
Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S.GAAP and IFRSs, (ASU 2011-04), which is
effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. This ASU amends the fair value
measurement and disclosure guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, to converge U.S. GAAP and International
Financial Reporting Standards requirements for measuring amounts at fair value as well as disclosures about these
measurements. This amendment clarifies existing concepts regarding the fair value principles and includes changed
principles to achieve convergence. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its disclosures. We expect to
adopt this standard for our consolidated financial statements beginning in the first quarter of 2012.
53
Seasonality
The number of healthcare professionals on assignment with us is subject to moderate seasonal fluctuations which may
impact our quarterly revenue and earnings. Hospital patient census and staffing needs of our hospital and healthcare
facilities fluctuate which impact our number of orders for a particular period. Many of our hospital and healthcare facility
clients are located in areas that experience seasonal fluctuations in population during the winter and summer months.
These facilities adjust their staffing levels to accommodate the change in this seasonal demand and many of these facilities
utilize temporary healthcare professionals to satisfy these seasonal staffing needs. Likewise, the number of nurse and
allied professionals on assignment may fluctuate due to the seasonal preferences for destinations of our temporary nurse
and allied professionals. In addition, we expect our physician staffing business to experience higher demand in the
summer months as physicians take vacations. This historical seasonality of revenue and earnings may vary due to a variety
of factors and the results of any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other
quarter or for any year. In addition, typically, our first quarter results are negatively impacted by the reset of payroll taxes.
Inflation
During the last several years, the rate of inflation in healthcare related services has exceeded that of the economy as a
whole. Our direct costs are affected by fluctuations in housing costs and healthcare and workers’ compensation insurance.
During 2011, our direct costs increased as a result of rising housing costs. Depending on the demand environment, we
may be able to recoup the negative impact of such fluctuations by increasing our billing rates. We may not be able to
continue increasing our billing rates and increases in our direct operating costs may adversely affect us in the future. In
addition, our clients are impacted by payments for healthcare reimbursements by federal and state governments as well as
private insurers.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
We are exposed to interest rate changes, primarily as a result of our revolving loan and term loans under our Credit
Agreement, which bears interest based on floating rates. Our term loan bears interest at a rate of, at our option, either: (i)
LIBOR plus a leverage-based margin or (ii) Base Rate plus a leverage-based margin. Refer to Liquidity and Capital
Resources – Credit Agreement included in Item 7. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis above for further
discussion about our Credit Agreement and related interest rate swaps. A 1% change in interest rates on variable rate debt
would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating approximately $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2011.
Excluding the impact of our interest rate swap agreements, a 1% change in interest rates on variable rate debt would have
resulted in interest expense fluctuating approximately $0.6 million in 2010 and $0.9 million in 2009. Considering the
effect of our interest rate swap agreements a 1% change in interest rates on our variable rate debt would have resulted in
interest expense fluctuating less than $0.1 million in 2010 and $0.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.
We are exposed to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates impact
translations of foreign denominated assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars and future earnings and cash flows from
transactions denominated in different currencies. Our international operations generated less than 1% of our consolidated
revenue during the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and were primarily from the United Kingdom. In
addition, approximately 2% of selling, general and administrative expenses are related to certain software development
and information technology support provided by our employees in Pune, India. We have not entered into any foreign
currency hedges.
Our international operations transact business in their functional currency. As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign
currencies against the U.S. dollar have an impact on reported results. Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign
currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Consequently,
as the value of the U.S. dollar changes relative to the currencies of our non-U.S. markets, our reported results vary.
Fluctuations in exchange rates also impact the U.S. dollar amount of stockholders’ equity. The assets and liabilities of our
non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the end of a reporting period. The
resulting translation adjustments are recorded in stockholders’ equity, as a component of accumulated other
comprehensive loss, included in other stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
See Item 15 – Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules of Part IV of this Report.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
54
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined
in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of the
end of the period covered by this Report. Based upon the evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date. Disclosure controls and
procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and
Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2011,
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such
term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control –
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2011 was effective. An assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2011 has been performed by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young
LLP’s attestation report is included below.
55
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
We have audited Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011,
based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States), the consolidated balance sheets of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. and our report dated
March 12, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Boca Raton, Florida
March 12, 2012
56
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
Information with respect to directors, executive officers and corporate governance is included in our Proxy Statement for
the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Proxy Statement) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the SEC and
such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
Information with respect to executive compensation is included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and such
information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters.
Information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock is included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with
the SEC and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
With respect to equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011, see table below:
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders
Total
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights (a)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and
rights (b)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)) (c)
1,654,647
$
None
1,654,647
$
10.88
N/A
10.88
1,343,678
N/A
1,343,678
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is included in our
Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
Information with respect to the fees and services of our principal accountant is included in our Proxy Statement to be filed
with the SEC and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
57
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)
Documents filed as part of the report.
(1)
Consolidated Financial Statements
PART IV
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2)
Financial Statements Schedule
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009
(3)
Exhibits
See Exhibit Index immediately following signatures.
58
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:
/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART
Name: Joseph A. Boshart
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
Date: March 12, 2012
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated:
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART
Joseph A. Boshart
President, Chief Executive Officer,
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ EMIL HENSEL
Emil Hensel
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
March 12, 2012
March 12, 2012
/s/ ELIZABETH GULACSY
Elizabeth Gulacsy
Principal Accounting Officer
March 12, 2012
/s/ THOMAS C. DIRCKS
Thomas C. Dircks
Director
/s/ W. LARRY CASH
W. Larry Cash
Director
/s/ RICHARD M. MASTALER
Richard M. Mastaler
Director
/s/ GALE FITZGERALD
Gale Fitzgerald
/s/ JOSEPH TRUNFIO
Joseph Trunfio
Director
Director
March 12, 2012
March 12, 2012
March 12, 2012
March 12, 2012
March 12, 2012
59
No.
2.1
2.2
EXHIBIT INDEX
Description
Cross Country Staffing Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 24, 1999, by and among W. R. Grace & Co.-
Conn., a Connecticut corporation, Cross Country Staffing, a Delaware general partnership, and the Registrant, a
Delaware corporation (1)
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 29, 1999, by and among the Registrant, CCTC Acquisition,
Inc. and Certain Stockholders of Cross Country Staffing, Inc. and TravCorps Corporation and the Stockholders
of TravCorps Corporation (1)
2.3
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, by and between Edgewater Technology, Inc. and
the Registrant (1)
2.4
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 8, 2003, by and among Cross Country Nurses, Inc., the Registrant,
Med-Staff, Inc., William G. Davis, Davis Family Electing Small Business Trust and Timothy Rodden (5)
2.5
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2006 by and among ARM Acquisition, Inc., ARMS
Acquisition, Inc., Metropolitan Research Associates, LLC, Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, LLC,
Patricia Daly and Stacy Mamakos Martin (11)
2.6
Share Purchase Agreement, dated June 6, 2007, among Cross Country Healthcare UK HoldCo Limited and
Winston Paul John Evans, Susan Morag Evans and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (16)
2.7
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, among ClinForce LLC, the Stockholders of Assent Consulting
and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (18)
2.8
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
Purchase Agreement, dated July 22, 2008, by and among StoneCo H, Inc., MDA Holdings, Inc., Medical
Doctor Associates, Inc., Allied Health Group, Inc., Credent Verification and Licensing Services, Inc.,
Jamestown Indemnity, Ltd. and MDA Employee and Stock Ownership and 401(K) Plan ESOP Component
Trust (22)
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (2)
Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant (2)
Form of specimen common stock certificate (1)
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated August 23, 2001, among the Registrant, a Delaware
corporation, the CEP Investors and the Investors (2)
4.3
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1999, among the Registrant, a Delaware corporation,
and the CEP Investors and the MSDWCP Investors (1)
4.4
Amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2001, among the Registrant, a
Delaware corporation, and the CEP Investors and the MSDWCP Investors (2)
4.5
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2001, among the Registrant, Joseph Boshart and Emil Hensel
and the Financial Investors (2)
10.1
10.2
10.3
Employment Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1999, between Joseph Boshart and the Registrant (1)(14)
Employment Agreement, dated as of June 24, 1999, between Emil Hensel and the Registrant (1)(14)
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Patricia Daly and ARM Acquisition,
Inc. (14)(15)
10.4
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Stacy Mamakos Martin and ARM Acquisition,
Inc. (14)(15)
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
Executive Service Agreement, dated June 6, 2007, between AKOS Limited and Paul Evans (14)(19)
Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, between Assent Consulting and David Hnatek (14)(19)
Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, between Assent Consulting and Robert Adzich (14)(19)
Lease Agreement, dated April 28, 1997, between Meridian Properties and the Registrant (1)
Lease Agreement, dated October 31, 2000, by and between Trustees of the Goldberg Brothers Trust, a
Massachusetts Nominee Trust and TVCM, Inc. (1)
60
222 Building Standard Office Lease between Clayton Investors Associates, LLC and Cejka & Company (1)
EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)
Description
No.
10.10
10.11
Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan of the Registrant (2)(14)
10.12
Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan of the Registrant (2)(14)
10.13
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan adopted April 5, 2007 (14)(20)
10.14
Amendment to Lease by and between Meridian Commercial Properties Limited Partnership and Cross Country,
Inc. dated May 1, 2002 (3)
10.15
Cross Country, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (4)(14)
10.16
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Joseph A. Boshart (4)(14)
10.17
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Emil Hensel (4)(14)
10.18
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Vickie Anenberg (4)(14)
10.19
Restricted Stock Agreement between Company and Jonathan Ward (4)(14)
10.20
Lease Agreement by and between Edgewood General Partnership and HR Logic, dated July 6, 2000 (6)
10.21
First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Edgewood General Partnership and HR Logic, dated
December 7, 2000 (6)
10.22
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Edgewood General Partnership and Cross Country
TravCorps, dated April 29, 2002 (6)
10.23
Lease Agreement by and between Petula Associates, Ltd. and Principal Life Insurance Company and Clinical
Trials Support Services, Inc. dated November 3, 1999 (6)
10.24
First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Petula Associates, Ltd. and Principal Life Insurance
Company and Clinical Trials Support Services, Inc., dated December 20, 1999 (6)
10.25
Lease Agreement by and between Newtown Street Road Associates and Med-Staff, Inc., dated June 21,
2001 (6)
10.26
Lease Agreement by and between Newtown Street Road Associates and Med-Staff, Inc., dated June 23,
1998 (6)
10.27
Second Amendment to Lease, dated October 10, 2003, between Canterbury Hall IC, LLC and ClinForce,
Inc. (7)
10.28
Lease Agreement, dated January 30, 2004, between Goldberg Brothers Real Estate, LLC and TVCM, Inc. (7)
10.29
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 11, 2001, between Clayton Investors Associates LLC
and Cejka & Company (8)
10.30
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 1999, between Newtown Street Road Associates
and MedStaff, Inc. (8)
10.31
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated June 21, 2001 between Newtown Street Road Associates and
MedStaff, Inc. (8)
10.32
Lease Agreement, dated August 23, 2003, between Corporex Key Limited Partnership No. 8 and Cross Country
Seminars, Inc. (8)
10.33
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (8) (14)
10.34
Third Amendment to Lease, dated October 6, 2004, between Canterbury Hall IC, LLC and ClinForce, Inc. (9)
10.35
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated February 24, 2005, between Blevens Family Storage, L.P., and
Cross Country Seminars, Inc. (10)
10.36
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 15, 2005, by and between Canterbury Hall, IC, LLC,
and Clinforce, Inc. (13)
61
No.
10.37
EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)
Description
Lease Agreement, dated February 15, 2006, between MedStaff, Inc. and Campus Investors D Building,
L.P. (13)
10.38
Lease Guaranty Agreement by and between Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. and Campus Investors D Building,
L.P. dated February 17, 2006. (13)
10.39
Credit Agreement, dated November 10, 2005, with the Lenders referenced therein, and Wachovia Bank,
National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, General Electric Capital
Corporation, as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agent, LaSalle Bank
National Association, as Co-Documentation Agent, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Sole Lead
Arranger and Sole Book Manager (13)
10.40
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and among certain subsidiaries of Cross
Country Healthcare, Inc., as Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as
Administrative Agent (13)
10.41
Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. and
certain of its subsidiaries as grantors, in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative
Agent (13)
10.42
Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2006, to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and the Collateral
Agreement by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., ClinForce, LLC, Cross Country Education, LLC and
Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (13)
10.43
Lease Agreement between Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership and Metropolitan Research Staffing
Associates, LLC, dated December 2, 2005 (12)
10.44
Sublease between Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP and Metropolitan Research Associates, LLC, dated
June 5, 2003 (12)
10.45
Sublease between Port City Press, Inc. and ARM Acquisition, Inc., dated August 31, 2006 (12)
10.46
Lease Agreement between Cornerstone Opportunity Ventures, LLC and Cejka Search, Inc., dated February 2,
2007 (15)
10.47
Lease Agreement between Self Service Mini Storage, L.P. and Cross Country Education, LLC, dated
February 2, 2007 (15)
10.48
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Meridian Commercial Properties Limited Partnership
and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., dated February 17, 2007 (15)
10.49
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated March 30, 2004, between Goldberg Brothers Real Estate, LLC and
TVCM, Inc. (23)
10.50
Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated March 5, 2008, by and between Canterbury Hall IC, LLC and
Principal Life Insurance Company, tenants in common, and ClinForce, Inc. (24)
10.51
Credit Agreement dated November 10, 2005 and Amended and Restated as of September 9, 2008 by and among
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. as Borrower and the Lenders referenced therein (25)
10.52
Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2007, by and between MDA Holdings, Inc. and ADKS Realty
Corporation (26)
10.53
Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1999 by and between Medical Doctors Associates, Inc. and ADKS Realty
Corporation (26)
10.54
Lease Agreement dated as of October 29, 2007, by and between Crestline Office Center Associates, LLC and
MDA Holdings, Inc. (26)
10.55
Lease Agreement dated as of September 21, 2004, by and between TGS American Realty Limited Partnership
and Medical Doctor Associates, Inc. (26)
10.56
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of September 1, 2007, by and between Cornerstone Opportunity
Ventures, LLC and Cejka Search, Inc. (26)
62
No.
10.57
EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)
Description
Joinder Agreement dated September 9, 2008 to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and the Collateral
Agreement by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., StoneCo H, Inc., StoneCo A, LLC, StoneCo C, LLC,
StoneCo M, LLC CC Local, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (29)
10.58
Lease Agreement dated August 7, 2006, between Brandywine Operating Partnership, L.P. and ClinForce,
Inc. (29)
10.59
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 2, 2007, by and between Brandywine Operating
Partnership, L.P. and ClinForce, Inc. (29)
10.60
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 23, 2008, by and between G &I VI 321/323
NORRISTOWN FE LLC (successor to Brandywine Operating Partnership, L.P.) and ClinForce, Inc. (29)
10.61
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Jim Ginter and StoneCo H,
Inc. (14)(29)
10.62
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Mike Pretiger and StoneCo H,
Inc. (14)(29)
10.63
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2008, by and between Anne Anderson and StoneCo H,
Inc. (14)(29)
10.64
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive
Plan (14)(28)(29)
10.65
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive
Plan (14)(21)(29)
10.66
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated October 30, 2008, by and between G &I VI 321/323
NORRISTOWN FE LLC (successor to Brandywine Operating Partnership, L.P.) and ClinForce, Inc. (29)
10.67
Amended and Restated Executive Severance Policy of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. dated as of January 1,
2008 (14)(29)
10.68
First Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated June 2007 (17)
10.69
Lease Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, between Goldberg Brothers Real Estate LLC and MCVT, Inc. (30)
10.70
Leave and License Agreement, dated July 28, 2010, between Subhash Gaikwad, Hindu Undivided Family and
Crosscountry Infotech Pvt. Ltd. (30)
10.71
Deed of Cancellation of The Leave and License Agreement, dated July 28, 2010, between Subhash Gaikwad,
Hindu Undivided Family and Crosscountry Infotech Pvt. Ltd. (31)
10.72
Leave and License Agreement dated October 15, 2010 between Cross Country InfoTech, Ltd. And Shri
Subhash Dattatraya Angal (31)
10.73
Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (32)
10.74
First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Master Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of May 28, 2010,
by and among Cross Country Healthcare, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as Administrative Agent (32)
10.75
First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated April 22, 2011, between Self Service Mini Storage, L.P. and Cross
Country Education, LLC, dated February 2, 2007(33)
10.76
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, by an among Cross Country Healthcare,
Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (33)
14.1
Code of Ethics (8)
*21.1
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
*23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
63
No.
*31.1
EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)
Description
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) and pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 by Joseph A. Boshart, President and Chief Executive Officer
*31.2
Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) and pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 by Emil Hensel, Chief Financial Officer
*32.1
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, by Joseph A. Boshart, Chief Executive Officer
*32.2
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, by Emil Hensel, Chief Financial Officer
**101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
**101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
**101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
**101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
**101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
**101.
PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
________________
*
**
Filed herewith
Furnished herewith
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 333-
64914, and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, Commission File
No. 333-83450, and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10Q during the year ended
December 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 6, 2003, and incorporated by reference
herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and
incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated July 18, 2006 and incorporated by reference
herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and
incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated
by reference herein.
(14) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
64
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 12, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 15, 2007 and incorporated herein by
reference.
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated July 13, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and incorporated by
reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 15, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 15, 2007 and incorporated by reference
herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2008 and incorporated herein by
reference.
Previously filed as exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated September 11, 2008 and incorporated by
reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 and
incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 25, 2008 and incorporated by
reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s S-8 dated August 15, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as exhibits in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated
by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and
incorporated by reference herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference
herein.
Previously filed as an exhibit in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and incorporated
by reference herein.
65
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010
and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
II-1
Schedules not filed herewith are either not applicable, the information is not material or the information is set forth in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. as of December 31,
2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial
statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation
to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States), Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission and our report dated March 12, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Boca Raton, Florida
March 12, 2012
F-2
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term cash investments
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,180,125 in
2011 and $3,500,968 in 2010
Deferred tax assets
Income taxes receivable
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of
$41,657,234 in 2011 and $43,412,061 in 2010
Trademarks, net
Goodwill, net
Other identifiable intangible assets, net
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $3,317,299 in 2011 and
$2,403,790 in 2010
Non-current deferred tax assets
Other long-term assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and benefits
Current portion of long-term debt
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock—$0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
30,812,023 and 31,102,682 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
2011 and 2010, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
See accompanying notes.
F-3
December 31,
2011
2010
$
10,648,035
1,690,740
$ 10,956,664
1,870,351
71,802,263
10,644,689
1,878,923
7,440,632
701,244
104,806,526
64,395,140
11,800,778
6,562,714
6,530,301
649,249
102,765,197
12,018,389
52,053,211
143,343,521
21,195,362
14,536,191
52,054,482
143,349,300
24,680,450
1,198,611
—
1,294,167
$ 335,909,787
2,112,120
2,483,645
1,676,117
$ 343,657,502
$
9,018,156
16,332,147
16,997,533
4,001,874
46,349,710
25,047,986
58,111
15,153,683
86,609,490
$
7,943,515
14,641,161
7,957,495
4,711,905
35,254,076
45,555,501
—
16,839,049
97,648,626
3,081
243,170,554
(3,373,162 )
9,499,824
249,300,297
$ 335,909,787
3,110
243,004,522
(2,400,731 )
5,401,975
246,008,876
$ 343,657,502
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenue from services
Operating expenses:
Direct operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Bad debt expense
Depreciation
Amortization
Impairment charges
Legal settlement charge
Total operating expenses
2011
$ 503,986,224
Year ended December 31,
2010
$ 468,561,524
2009
$ 578,237,482
366,044,323
116,538,077
578,805
6,790,677
3,493,408
—
—
493,445,290
336,250,100
108,983,689
293,795
8,043,548
3,850,867
10,764,000
—
468,185,999
424,983,996
120,689,867
—
8,773,088
4,017,968
1,725,926
345,000
560,535,845
Income from operations
10,540,934
375,525
17,701,637
Other (income) expenses:
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
Interest expense
Other income, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per common share—basic
Net income (loss) per common share—diluted
(247,155 )
2,856,109
(298,366 )
8,230,346
4,132,497
4,097,849
0.13
0.13
$
$
$
$
$
$
75,543
4,244,698
(173,116 )
(3,771,600 )
(996,737 )
(2,774,863 ) $
66,433
6,244,831
(264,311 )
11,654,684
4,960,376
6,694,308
(0.09 ) $
(0.09 ) $
0.22
0.22
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic
31,146,165
31,060,426
30,824,660
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted
31,192,016
31,060,426
30,999,446
See accompanying notes.
F-4
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Net income (loss)
$
2011
4,097,849
Year Ended December 31,
2010
$
(2,774,863 ) $
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Net change in fair value of hedging transactions
Net change in fair value of marketable securities
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
Taxes on net change in fair value of hedging transactions
Taxes on net change in fair value of marketable securities
Total taxes
(939,000 )
—
(55,815 )
(994,815 )
—
22,384
22,384
(109,885 )
1,197,247
(63,752 )
1,023,610
(470,880 )
25,436
(445,444 )
2009
6,694,308
1,076,858
1,185,197
81,967
2,344,022
(455,653 )
(32,869 )
(488,522 )
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Comprehensive income (loss)
(972,431 )
3,125,418
$
578,166
(2,196,697 ) $
1,855,500
8,549,808
$
See accompanying notes.
F-5
Balance at December 31, 2008
Exercise of stock options
Repurchase of stock for tax
withholdings
Vesting of restricted stock
Tax benefit of share-based
compensation
Equity compensation
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Net change in fair value of
hedging transactions
Net change in fair value of
marketable securities
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2009
Repurchase of stock for tax
withholdings
Vesting of restricted stock
Tax deficit of share-based
compensation
Equity compensation
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Net change in fair value of
hedging transactions
Net change in fair value of
marketable securities
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2010
Repurchase of stock for tax
withholdings
Vesting of restricted stock
Tax deficit of share-based
compensation
Equity compensation
Stock repurchase and
retirement
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Net change in fair value of
marketable securities
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2011
(9,246 )
47,199
—
—
—
—
—
—
31,009,404
(27,727 )
121,005
—
—
—
—
—
—
31,102,682
(31,263 )
167,647
—
—
(427,043 )
—
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
Shares
30,774,868
196,583
$
Dollars
3,077
20
$
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
237,371,902
1,523,498
Accumulated
Other
Total
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
$
(4,834,397 ) $
—
—
—
—
—
1,076,858
729,544
49,098
—
(2,978,897 )
—
—
—
—
(109,885 )
726,367
(38,316 )
—
(2,400,731 )
—
—
—
—
—
Retained
Earnings
1,482,530
—
$
Stockholders’
Equity
234,023,112
1,523,518
—
—
—
—
—
—
(80,645 )
—
92,194
1,962,551
1,076,858
729,544
—
6,694,308
8,176,838
49,098
6,694,308
246,070,538
—
—
—
—
—
—
(226,294 )
—
(295,575 )
2,656,904
(109,885 )
726,367
—
(2,774,863 )
5,401,975
(38,316 )
(2,774,863 )
246,008,876
—
—
—
—
—
—
(221,596 )
—
(272,828 )
2,895,012
(2,234,585 )
(939,000 )
(1 )
5
—
—
—
—
(80,644 )
(5 )
92,194
1,962,551
—
—
—
—
3,101
—
—
240,869,496
(3 )
12
—
—
—
—
(226,291 )
(12 )
(295,575 )
2,656,904
—
—
—
—
3,110
—
—
243,004,522
(221,593 )
(17 )
(272,828 )
2,895,012
(2,234,542 )
(3 )
17
—
—
(43 )
—
—
(939,000 )
—
—
30,812,023
$
—
—
3,081
$
—
—
243,170,554
(33,431 )
—
$
(3,373,162 ) $
—
4,097,849
9,499,824
$
(33,431 )
4,097,849
249,300,297
See accompanying notes.
F-6
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Operating activities
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2009
$
4,097,849
$
(2,774,863 )
$
6,694,308
activities:
Bad debt expense
Depreciation
Amortization
Impairment charges
Legal settlement charge
Deferred income tax expense
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Equity compensation
Other noncash charges
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Income taxes
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment, net
Acquisition of MDA Holdings, Inc.
Acquisition of AKOS Limited
Other investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Debt issuance costs
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit of stock option exercises
Repurchase of stock for tax withholdings
Release of restricted cash
Stock repurchase and retirement
Repayment of debt and note payable
Proceeds from issuance of debt
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities
Equipment purchased through capital lease obligations
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Income tax refunds
578,805
6,790,677
3,493,408
—
—
3,052,909
913,509
2,895,012
22,832
(7,973,162 )
(790,166 )
4,310,626
1,342,069
(438,168 )
18,296,200
(3,998,129 )
—
—
(197,907 )
(4,196,036 )
—
—
—
(221,596 )
—
(2,234,585 )
(14,280,039 )
2,500,000
(14,236,220 )
(172,573 )
(308,629 )
10,956,664
10,648,035
312,562
2,134,575
1,559,424
(4,792,495 )
$
$
$
$
$
293,795
8,043,548
3,850,867
10,764,000
—
5,378,275
867,363
2,656,904
(180,246 )
5,456,796
(2,237,222 )
(795,266 )
(287,573 )
485,195
31,521,573
(2,391,101 )
(12,826,184 )
—
(981,324 )
(16,198,609 )
(1,480,098 )
—
—
(226,294 )
—
—
(13,484,923 )
4,000,000
(11,191,315 )
(35,812 )
4,095,837
6,860,827
10,956,664
$
—
8,773,088
4,017,968
1,725,926
345,000
9,237,802
1,139,331
1,962,551
489,449
47,737,783
7,924,663
(5,384,665 )
(11,289,283 )
(973,993 )
72,399,928
(2,452,769 )
(6,803,789 )
(748,242 )
(1,708,018 )
(11,712,818 )
—
1,523,518
92,194
(80,645 )
5,000,000
—
(90,826,797 )
20,075,000
(64,216,730 )
217,606
(3,312,014 )
10,172,841
6,860,827
483,440
$
122,496
3,520,664
936,768
(6,452,303 )
$
$
$
5,082,879
2,146,070
(1,523,590 )
$
$
$
$
$
See accompanying notes.
F-7
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
1. Organization and Basis of Presentation
On July 29, 1999, Cross Country Staffing, Inc. (CCS), a Delaware corporation, was established through an acquisition of certain
assets and liabilities of Cross Country Staffing, a Delaware general partnership (the Partnership). The acquisition included
certain identifiable intangible assets, primarily proprietary databases and contracts. The Partnership was engaged in the business
of providing travel nurse and allied health staffing services to healthcare providers primarily on a contract basis. CCS recorded
the assets and certain assumed liabilities, as defined in the asset purchase agreement, at fair market value. The purchase price of
approximately $189,000,000 exceeded the fair market value of the assets less the assumed liabilities by approximately
$167,537,000, which, was originally recorded as goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. See Note 3 – Goodwill and
Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.
Subsequent acquisitions and dispositions were made and currently, Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (the Company) is a leading
provider of nurse and allied staffing services in the United States, a national provider of multi-specialty locum tenens (temporary
physician staffing) services, a provider of clinical trial services to global pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers, as well as
a provider of other human capital management services focused on healthcare.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned direct and indirect
subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, the valuation of accounts receivable, goodwill and
intangible assets, other long-lived assets, accruals for health, workers’ compensation and professional liability policies, legal
contingencies, income taxes and sales and other non-income tax liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Cash Investments
The Company considers all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The
Company invests its excess cash in highly rated overnight funds and other highly rated liquid accounts. The Company is exposed
to credit risk associated with these investments. The Company minimizes its credit risk relating to these positions by monitoring
the financial condition of the financial institutions involved and by primarily conducting business with large, well established
financial institutions and diversifying its counterparties. The Company does not currently anticipate non performance by any of
its significant counterparties.
Short-term cash investments on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets relate to foreign investments in highly liquid time
deposits with original maturities less than one year but greater than three months. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, other long-
term assets include approximately $820,000 and $908,000, respectively, of foreign investments in highly liquid time deposits
with original maturities greater than one year.
Interest income on cash and cash equivalents and cash investments is included in other income, net on the Company’s
consolidated statements of operations.
Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risk
Accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s customers are primarily
healthcare providers and pharmaceutical and biotech companies and accounts receivable represent amounts due from them. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and, generally, does not require collateral.
The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate of uncollectible receivables based on a review of
specific accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company writes off specific accounts based on an
ongoing review of collectability as well as past experience with the customer. The Company’s contract terms typically require
payment between 30 to 60 days from the date services are provided and are considered past due based on the particular
negotiated contract terms. Overall, based on the large number of customers in differing geographic areas, primarily throughout
the United States and its territories, the Company believes the concentration of credit risk is limited. No single customer
accounted for more than 4% of the Company’s revenue during 2011, 2010 and 2009. An aggregate of approximately 13% and
17% of the Company’s outstanding accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were due from five
customers.
Prepaid Rent and Deposits
The Company leases apartments for its field employees under short-term agreements (typically three to six months), which
generally coincide with each employee’s staffing contract. Costs relating to these leases are included in direct operating
F-8
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As a condition of these agreements, the Company
places security deposits on the leased apartments. Prepaid rent and deposits on field employees’ apartments related to
these short-term agreements is included in prepaid expenses on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from three to seven years. Leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the individual lease. Depreciation related
to assets recorded under capital lease obligations is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of
operations and calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the related capital lease.
Certain software development costs have been capitalized in accordance with the provisions of the Intangibles-Goodwill
and Other/Internal-Use Software Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC). Such costs include charges for consulting services and costs for personnel associated with
programming, coding and testing such software. Amortization of capitalized software costs begins when the software is
ready for use and is included in depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Software
development costs are being amortized using the straight-line method over three to five years.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the fair value assigned to the net tangible and
identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired. Other identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are being
amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives which range from 5 to 15 years. Goodwill and
certain intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Instead, in accordance with the Intangibles-Goodwill and
Other Topic of the FASB ASC, these assets are reviewed for impairment annually with any related losses recognized in
earnings.
The Company performs a goodwill impairment analysis, using the two-step method, on an annual basis at December 31 of
each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The
first step in its annual impairment assessment requires the Company to determine the fair value of each of its reporting
units and compare it to the reporting unit’s carrying amount. The Company determines its reporting units by identifying
components of its operating segments that constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company
had five reporting units: 1) nurse and allied staffing, 2) physician staffing, 3) clinical trial services, 4) retained search and
5) education and training.
The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units by considering market multiples, and recent transaction values
of peer companies and projected discounted cash flows, along with its market capitalization, and an estimated premium to
its market capitalization an investor would pay for a controlling interest. If the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its
fair value, the Company then determines the amount of the impairment charge, if any. The Company recognizes an
impairment charge if the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Management
considers historical experience and all available information at the time the fair values of its reporting units are estimated.
However, fair values that could be realized in an actual transaction may differ from those used to evaluate the impairment
of goodwill.
Long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are evaluated for impairment in accordance with the
Property, Plant, and Equipment Topic of the FASB ASC. In accordance with this Topic, long-lived assets are reviewed
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to the future
undiscounted net cash flow as expected to be generated by those assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment charge recognized is the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceeds the fair value of the
assets. See Note 3 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further information.
F-9
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Debt Issuance Costs
Deferred costs related to the issuance of the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility (see Note 7 – Long-term
Debt) in 2010 have been capitalized and are being amortized using the straight line method, over the five-year term of the
related credit agreement.
Deferred costs related to the Company’s senior secured term loan facility have been capitalized and are being amortized
using the effective interest method over the respective five-year term of the related debt.
Sales & Other State Non-income Tax Liabilities
The Company accrues sales and other state non-income tax liabilities based on the Company’s best estimate of its
probable liability utilizing currently available information and interpretation of relevant tax regulations. Given the nature
of the Company’s business, significant subjectivity exists as to both whether sales and other state non-income taxes can be
assessed on its activity and how the sales tax will ultimately be measured by the relevant jurisdictions. The Company
makes a determination for each reporting period whether the estimates for sales and other non-income taxes in certain
states should be revised.
Reserves for Claims
The Company provides workers’ compensation insurance coverage, professional liability coverage and health care
benefits for its eligible employees and temporary healthcare professionals. The Company records its estimate of the
ultimate cost of, and reserves for workers compensation and professional liability benefits based on actuarial models
prepared or reviewed by an independent actuary using the Company’s loss history as well as industry statistics.
Furthermore, in determining its reserves, the Company includes reserves for estimated claims incurred but not reported.
The health care insurance accrual is for estimated claims that have occurred but have not been reported and is based on the
Company’s historical claim submission patterns. The ultimate cost of workers’ compensation, professional liability and
health insurance claims will depend on actual amounts incurred to settle those claims and may differ from the amounts
reserved by the Company for those claims.
Workers’ compensation benefits are provided under a partially self-insured plan. The Company has a letter of credit
structure to guarantee payments of claims. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, the Company had outstanding
approximately $7,049,000 and $7,199,000 standby letters of credit as collateral to secure the self-insured portion of this
plan.
In October 2009, the Company purchased an occurrence-based professional liability policy that provides each working
nurse and each allied healthcare professional (excluding MDA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries) with coverage of
$1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate. Those individual limits are shared with the healthcare
provider’s employer (e.g. Cross Country Travcorps or MedStaff, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries) in the
event of vicarious liability and/or negligent hiring allegations on a claim. This policy does not have a deductible. In
addition, in October 2009, the Company purchased an excess layer of professional liability insurance having limits of
$1,000,000 per occurrence and $6,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses and allied healthcare professionals of
Cross Country Travcorps and $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate for all working nurses of
MedStaff, Inc. (Medstaff). Those limits are also shared with the corporations on applicable claims. MedStaff also secured
insurance coverage having the same terms as the primary and excess coverage described above for acts occurring on or
after October 25, 2002.
Prior to October 2009, professional liability coverage was provided under various self-insured, claims-made and
occurrence-based plans depending on the subsidiary and the applicable policy year. In October 2004, the Company
secured individual occurrence-based professional liability insurance policies with no deductible for virtually all of its
working nurses and allied professionals, except those employed through its MedStaff subsidiary. These occurrence-based
individual policies replaced a $2,000,000 per-claim layer of self-insured exposure. The Company continued to provide
primary coverage through a $2,000,000 self-insured retention for nurses and allied professionals who did not qualify for
the individual occurrence-based coverage, as well as for the Company’s independent liabilities (such as negligent hiring)
during these policy years. Effective October 1, 2008, the individual professional liability insurance policies were replaced
with one policy that insured each individual nurse for $2,000,000 per occurrence and $4,000,000 in the aggregate, as well
F-10
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
as the corporation which shared those limits. This policy had no deductible and did not cover healthcare professionals
working through MedStaff or MDA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, MDA). Separately, prior to
October 1, 2009, the Company’s MedStaff subsidiary had a claims-made professional liability policy with a limit of
$2,000,000 per occurrence, $4,000,000 in the aggregate and a $25,000 deductible per claim.
MDA has an occurrence-based professional liability policy with a limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence, $3,000,000 in the
aggregate and a $500,000 deductible for MDA, its independent contractor physicians, Certified Registered Nurse
Anesthetists (CRNAs) and allied health professionals. MDA’s $500,000 deductible is insured by Jamestown Indemnity
Ltd., a Cayman Island company (the Captive) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. Under the terms of
the Captive’s reinsurance policy there is a requirement to guarantee the payment of claims to its insured party’s primary
medical malpractice insurance carrier via a letter of credit. The value of the letter of credit was secured by $5,000,000 of
cash held by the Captive as restricted cash at December 31, 2008. During 2009, the cash was released from restriction and
replaced by a letter of credit under the Company’s credit facility. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of the
letter of credit was approximately $5,533,000.
Subject to certain limitations, the Company also has $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate in
umbrella liability coverage after $2,000,000 is exhausted under the primary and excess professional liability policies
covering the working nurses and allied healthcare professionals. While this umbrella coverage does not extend to
professional liability claims against MDA, its independent contractor physicians, CRNAs and allied health professionals,
it does cover claims brought against all of the Company’s subsidiaries for non-patient general liability ($250,000
deductible), employee liability ($1,000,000 deductible), non-owned hired auto ($1,000,000 deductible) and clinical
trial/errors and omissions ($500,000 deductible and a cap of $5,000,000 in coverage under the umbrella policy).
The Company records the current portion of its insurance liability in accrued compensation and benefits and the long-term
portion of the liability in other long-term liabilities. See Note 6 – Accrued Compensation and Benefits for further
information.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when it is earned and when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of
the arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or the service has been provided and the Company has no remaining
obligations; the fee is fixed or determinable; and collectability is probable.
Revenue from services consists primarily of temporary staffing revenue. Revenue is recognized when services are
rendered. Accordingly, accounts receivable includes an accrual for employees’ and independent contractors’ estimated
time worked but not yet invoiced. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amounts accrued are approximately $9,296,000
and $8,751,000, respectively.
The Company has entered into certain contracts with acute care facilities to provide comprehensive managed service
provider (MSP) services. Under these contract arrangements, the Company uses its healthcare professionals along with
those of third party subcontractors to fulfill customer orders. If a subcontractor is used, the customer is invoiced for their
services and, a subcontractor liability is recorded in accrued expenses, but only the resulting administrative fee is
recognized as revenue. The subcontractor is paid after the Company has received payment from the acute care facility.
Revenue on permanent placements is recognized when services provided are substantially completed. Amounts collected
in advance of the services being substantially complete are recorded as deferred revenue in other current liabilities on the
consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not, in the ordinary course of business, give refunds. If a candidate leaves
a permanent placement within a relatively short period of time, it is customary for the Company to provide a replacement
at no additional cost. Allowances are established as considered necessary to estimate significant losses due to placed
candidates not remaining employed for the Company’s guarantee period. During 2011, 2010, and 2009, such losses, if
any, were nominal.
Revenue from the Company’s education and training services is recognized as the independent contractor-led seminars are
performed. Amounts collected in advance of the seminars are recorded as deferred revenue in other current liabilities on
the consolidated balance sheet.
F-11
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $1,521,000 and $1,903,000, respectively recorded as deferred revenue
in other current liabilities.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company has, from time to time, granted stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock for a fixed
number of common shares to employees. In accordance with the Compensation-Stock-Compensation Topic of the FASB
ASC, companies may choose from alternative valuation models. The Company uses the Black-Scholes method of valuing
its options and stock appreciation rights. The Company will consider the use of another model if additional information
becomes available in the future that indicates another model would be more appropriate for the Company or, if grants
issued in future periods have characteristics that cannot be reasonably estimated using Black-Scholes. The Company
values its restricted stock awards by reference to the Company’s stock price on the date of grant.
The Company has elected to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of
the entire award. The Company uses historical data of options with similar characteristics to estimate pre-vesting option
forfeitures as it believes that historical behavior patterns are the best indicators of future behavior patterns. Compensation
expense related to share-based payments is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of operations and totaled approximately $2,895,000; $2,657,000 and $1,963,000, during the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Related deferred tax benefits of approximately $1,126,000; $1,013,000
and $718,000, respectively, were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. See Note 13 –
Stockholders’ Equity for further information about the Company’s current share-based compensation programs.
Advertising
The Company’s advertising expense consists primarily of print media, online advertising, direct mail marketing and
promotional material. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were approximately $3,180,000; $2,506,000 and
$3,704,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Direct response advertising costs
associated with the Company’s education and training services are capitalized and expensed when the related event takes
place. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately $1,401,000 and $1,347,000, respectively, of these costs are
included in prepaid expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.
Operating Leases
The Company accounts for all operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In accordance with the
provisions of the Leases Topic of the FASB ASC, any incentives or rent escalations are recorded as deferred rent and
amortized with rent expense over the respective lease term.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC. Deferred income tax assets
and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
The Company recognizes in its financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of being
sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. See Note 12 - Income Taxes for further information.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Total comprehensive income (loss) includes net income or loss, foreign currency translation adjustments, net changes in the fair
value of hedging transactions, and net changes in the fair value of marketable securities available for sale, net of any related
deferred taxes.
Certain of the Company’s foreign operations use their respective local currency as their functional currency. In accordance with
the Foreign Currency Matters Topic of the FASB ASC, assets and liabilities of these operations are translated at the exchange
rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Income statement items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. The
cumulative impact of currency fluctuations related to the balance sheet translation is included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss (OCL) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and was approximately $3,351,000 and $2,412,000
at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
F-12
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The net change in fair value of marketable securities is included in accumulated OCL in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. The net change in fair value of marketable securities includes the reclassification of unrealized gains upon the sale of
securities and gains or losses related to the change in fair value of the remaining marketable securities. In the year ended
December 31, 2009, a portion of the marketable securities were sold for approximately $240,000 resulting in a gain of $192,937
included in other income on the consolidated statements of operations.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company complies with the provisions of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s only financial
assets/liabilities required to be measured on a recurring basis were its marketable securities and deferred compensation liability.
See Note 9 – Fair Value Measurements for relevant disclosures.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
The Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC requires the Company to recognize all derivative instruments as either
assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of those derivatives
are accounted for depending upon the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. The Company has used
derivative instruments to manage the fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk on variable-rate debt financing.
The interest rate swap agreements were terminated effective October 9, 2010. See Note 8 - Interest Rate Swap Agreements for
disclosures of interest rate swap agreements entered into in 2008, pursuant to the disclosure requirements of Derivatives and
Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC.
Reclassifications
Certain 2010 and 2009 statements of operations and footnote amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011
presentation. Certain 2010 balance sheet amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive
Income, (ASU 2011-05), which is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15,
2011. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes
in stockholders’ equity and requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and
the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive
statements. In addition, in December 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Deferral
of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, (ASU 2011-12), which is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods
within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2011-12 defers the ASU 2011-05
requirement to present reclassification adjustments for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income in both net
income and other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-12 also defers the requirement to
report reclassification adjustments in interim periods. The Company early adopted ASU 2011-05 in the fourth quarter of 2011.
The Company expects to adopt ASU 2011-12 in the first quarter of 2012 and, if applicable, will include any reclassification
adjustments in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) at that time.
In September 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-08, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing
Goodwill for Impairment, (ASU 2011-08), which is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2011-08 allows the option to first
assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value
of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after considering the totality of events and circumstances, an entity
determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, performing
the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The Company will adopt this standard for its consolidated financial
statements in the first quarter of 2012.
In May 2011, the FASB issued Update No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve
Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S.GAAP and IFRSs, (ASU 2011-04), which is
effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. This ASU amends the fair value
measurement and disclosure guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, to converge U.S. GAAP and International
Financial Reporting Standards requirements for measuring amounts at fair value as well as disclosures about these
measurements. This amendment clarifies existing concepts regarding the fair value principles and includes changed
F-13
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
principles to achieve convergence. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its disclosures. The
Company will adopt this standard for its consolidated financial statements beginning in the first quarter of 2012.
3. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had the following acquired intangible assets:
Gross
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2011
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2010
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Intangible assets subject
to amortization:
Databases
Customer
relationships
Non-compete
agreements
Trademark
Intangible assets not
subject to
amortization:
Goodwill
Trademarks
$
14,186,296 $
13,300,046 $
886,250 $
14,186,567 $
13,017,766 $
1,168,801
34,937,322
14,933,877
20,003,445
34,938,983
12,017,001
22,921,982
4,153,000
340,000
53,616,618 $
3,847,333
340,000
32,421,256 $
305,667
—
21,195,362 $
4,153,000
340,000
53,618,550 $
3,563,333
340,000
28,938,100 $
589,667
—
24,680,450
$
$ 145,236,365 $
53,454,380
$ 198,690,745 $
1,892,844 $ 143,343,521 $
1,401,169
3,294,013 $ 195,396,732 $
52,053,211
145,242,144 $
53,455,651
198,697,795 $
1,892,844 $ 143,349,300
1,401,169
52,054,482
3,294,013 $ 195,403,782
Estimated annual amortization expense is as follows:
Year Ending December 31:
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
$ 3,235,491
3,083,050
2,837,220
2,682,275
2,480,288
6,877,038
$ 21,195,362
F-14
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
3. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets (continued)
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are as follows:
Nurse and
Allied
Segment
Physician
Staffing
Segment
Clinical
Trial
Services
Segment
Other Human
Capital
Management
Services
Segment
Total
Balances as of December 31, 2010:
Aggregate goodwill acquired
Accumulated impairment loss (a)
Goodwill, net of impairment loss
$ 259,732,408 $
(241,000,000 )
18,732,408
43,405,046 $
—
43,405,046
61,904,784 $
—
61,904,784
19,307,062 $
—
19,307,062
384,349,300
(241,000,000 )
143,349,300
Additions to aggregate goodwill in 2011:
Currency translation adjustment for
AKOS
Balances as of December 31, 2011:
Aggregate goodwill acquired
Accumulated impairment loss (a)
Goodwill, net of impairment loss
—
—
(5,779 )
—
(5,779 )
259,732,408
(241,000,000 )
18,732,408 $
$
43,405,046
—
43,405,046 $
61,899,005
—
61,899,005 $
19,307,062
—
19,307,062 $
384,343,521
(241,000,000 )
143,343,521
_______________
(a)
A non-cash pretax charge of approximately $241,000,000 was recorded to reduce the carrying value of goodwill to its
estimated fair value in the fourth quarter of 2008. The majority of the goodwill impairment was attributable to the Company’s
initial capitalization in 1999, which was accounted for as an asset purchase (see Note 1 – Organization and Basis of
Presentation), and subsequent nurse staffing acquisitions made through 2003.
Goodwill
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, and whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company conducts impairment
testing based on current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as future
expectations. Pursuant to the annual testing of goodwill, in the fourth quarters of 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Company
evaluated five reporting units: 1) nurse and allied staffing, 2) physician staffing, 3) clinical trial services, 4) retained search
and 5) education and training. Upon completion of the first step in the annual impairment assessment as of December 31,
2011 and 2010, the Company determined that no impairment was indicated.
For the December 31, 2011 impairment test, the Company estimated the fair value of each of the reporting units based on
a weighting of both the income approach and the market approach (blended fair value).
The discounted cash flows for each reporting unit that served as the primary basis for the income approach were based on
discrete financial forecasts developed by management for planning purposes and consistent with those distributed within
the Company and externally. A number of significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of the
income methodology including forecasted revenue, margins, operating cash flows, discount rate, and working capital
changes. Cash flows beyond the discrete forecast period of ten years were estimated using a terminal value calculation. A
terminal value growth rate of 2.5% was used for each reporting unit. The income approach valuations included reporting
unit cash flow discount rates, representing each reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital, ranging from 11.0% to
18.7%.
F-15
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
3. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets (continued)
The market approach applied pricing multiples derived from publicly-traded guideline companies that are comparable to
the respective reporting unit, to determine its value. The Company utilized total enterprise value/revenue multiples ranging
from 0.3 to 0.9 and total enterprise value/Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA)
multiples ranging from 8.1 to 10.4. The reporting unit’s market value was determined assuming a 50% weighting to
revenue multiples and a 50% weighting to EBITDA multiples for its nurse and allied staffing, physician staffing and
clinical trial services reporting units; a 100% weighting to the EBITDA multiples for the education and training reporting
unit and 100% weighting to revenue multiples for its retained search reporting unit.
Upon completion of the fourth quarter 2011 assessment, the Company determined that the estimated fair value of all of the
Company’s reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values as follows: nurse and allied staffing – 11%, physician
staffing – 7%, clinical trial services – 1%, retained search – 35% and education and training – 161%. The Company’s
reporting units continue to generate cash flows from their operations, and the Company expects that they will continue to
do so in fiscal 2012 and beyond.
The total fair value of the reporting units was reconciled to the Company’s December 31, 2011 market capitalization. The
reasonableness of the resulting control premium was assessed based on a review of comparative market transactions and
other qualitative factors that might have influenced the Company’s share price. The Company’s market capitalization was
also considered in assessing the reasonableness of the cumulative fair values of the reporting units. In performing the
reconciliation of the Company’s market capitalization to fair value, the Company considered both quantitative and
qualitative factors which supported the implied control premium. The Company believes that a reasonable potential buyer
would offer a control premium for the business that would adequately cover the difference between its market price at
December 31, 2011 and its book value.
Other Intangible Assets
At December 31, 2011, in conjunction with the annual testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets, no impairments of
indefinite-lived intangible assets were identified.
During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company conducted an assessment of the trademarks related to its MDA Holdings,
Inc. acquisition. Impairment charges of $10,764,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted from the impact lower
locum tenens usage had on its long term revenue forecast. Thus, the calculation of estimated fair value using the projected
revenue stream indicated the carrying amount of the trademarks acquired with the MDA acquisition in September 2008
may not be fully recoverable. In order to determine the fair value of its trademarks, the Company discounted to present
value the implied after-tax royalty savings based on a long-term forecast of revenue associated with the respective
trademarks. Based on the calculation of fair value, the Company recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge, of which
$10,037,000 related to the physician staffing segment and $727,000 related to the nurse and allied staffing segment. This
charge is included in impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2010. At December 31, 2010, the Company believes no other impairment of long-lived assets or intangible assets existed.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company streamlined the non-staffing operations within the clinical trial services
segment to gain efficiencies, including a change in the Company’s marketing strategy for the business. Based on these
circumstances, and in conjunction with the annual testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company recorded a
pre-tax non-cash impairment charge which represented the entire carrying value of a trademark and database of
approximately $1,726,000. This charge is included in impairment charges on the consolidated statement of operations for
the year ended December 31, 2009.
4. Acquisitions
MDA Holdings, Inc.
In September 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of privately-held MDA
Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and all of the outstanding stock of a subsidiary of MDA Holdings, Inc. (collectively,
MDA). Part of the cash paid at closing was held in escrow to cover any post-closing liabilities (Indemnification Escrow).
F-16
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
4. Acquisitions (continued)
During the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately $3,541,000 was released to the seller from the Indemnification
Escrow account leaving a balance of approximately $3,566,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The transaction also
included an earnout provision based on 2008 and 2009 performance criteria. This contingent consideration was not related
to the sellers’ employment. In the second quarter of 2009, the Company paid approximately $6,748,000 related to the
2008 performance. In the second quarter of 2010, the Company paid approximately $12,826,000 related to the 2009
performance, satisfying all earnout amounts potentially due to the seller in accordance with the asset purchase agreement.
Earnout payments were allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in accordance with the Business Combinations
Topic of the FASB ASC.
AKOS Limited
In June 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of privately-held AKOS Limited (AKOS), based in the United
Kingdom. This transaction included an earnout provision based on 2007 and 2008 performance, as defined by the share
purchase agreement. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company paid £1,054,000 (approximately $2,111,000) related to the
2007 performance. In the second quarter of 2009, the Company paid the sellers approximately £509,000 (approximately
$748,000) related to the 2008 performance. The payments have been allocated to goodwill as additional purchase price, in
accordance with the Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC. AKOS is a provider of drug safety, regulatory and
clinical trial services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in Europe, the United States, Canada and Asia.
5. Property and Equipment
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, property and equipment consist of the following:
Computer equipment
Computer software
Office equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Useful Lives
3-5 years
3-5 years
5-7 years
5-7 years
(a)
December 31,
2011
12,268,989
32,448,577
3,469,914
2,171,217
3,316,926
53,675,623
(41,657,234 )
12,018,389
$
$
2010
$ 13,134,494
34,749,154
3,881,739
3,061,019
3,121,846
57,948,252
(43,412,061 )
$ 14,536,191
(a)
See Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
The Company wrote off approximately $7,412,000 and $6,078,000 of fully depreciated property and equipment during the
years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
6. Accrued Compensation and Benefits
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following:
Salaries and payroll taxes
Bonuses
Accrual for workers’ compensation claims
Accrual for health care benefits
Accrual for professional liability insurance
Accrual for vacation
December 31,
2011
6,680,258
2,795,293
1,261,167
1,586,260
2,459,040
1,550,129
16,332,147
$
$
$
2010
5,640,686
1,728,867
1,821,980
1,182,528
2,627,422
1,639,678
$ 14,641,161
F-17
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
6. Accrued Compensation and Benefits (continued)
The long-term portion of workers’ compensation and professional liability amounts are included in other long-term
liabilities as follows:
Other long-term liabilities:
Unrecognized tax benefits
Accrual for workers’ compensation claims
Accrual for professional liability insurance
Deferred compensation
Deferred rent
Other long-term liabilities
7. Long-term Debt
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, long-term debt consists of the following:
Term loan, interest at 2.28% and 2.29% at December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively
Capital lease obligations
Less current portion
December 31,
2011
2010
$
$
4,053,774
1,712,833
6,760,595
1,322,114
1,277,920
26,447
15,153,683
$
$
4,124,242
1,904,178
7,825,683
1,480,127
1,478,372
26,447
16,839,049
December 31,
2011
2010
$ 41,451,056
594,463
42,045,519
(16,997,533 )
$ 25,047,986
$
$
53,039,340
473,656
53,512,996
(7,957,495 )
45,555,501
The Company has a senior secured credit agreement which includes a term loan, a revolving loan facility and Swingline
Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement). On May 28, 2010, the Company entered into a first amendment to its Credit
Agreement with the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wachovia
Bank, National Association) as Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement amendment, among other things, extended
the maturity date of the revolving credit facility from November 2010 to September 2013 to be coterminous with its term
loan facility, and reduced its existing revolving credit facility to $50,000,000 from $75,000,000, and its sublimit for letters
of credit to $20,000,000 from $35,000,000. Its sublimit for the issuance of Swingline Loans remained at $10,000,000. The
Company paid $1,480,000 of financing fees related to this amendment that have been capitalized as debt issuance costs
which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the Credit Agreement.
The revolving loan facility and term loan bear interest at a rate of, at the Company’s option, either: (i) London Interbank
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a leverage-based margin or (ii) Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a
leverage-based margin. As of December 31, 2011, interest on its revolving credit facility was based on LIBOR plus a
margin of 3.50% or Base Rate (as defined by the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of 2.50%. The interest rate spreads on
its term loan as of December 31, 2011 were based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% or Base Rate plus a margin of
1.00%. The Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving
loan facility, which, as of December 31, 2011 was 0.625%.
The revolving loan facility is being used for general corporate purposes including working capital, capital expenditures
and permitted acquisitions and investments, as well as to pay fees and expenses related to the credit facility. As of
December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility, but had
$12,581,838 of standby letters of credit outstanding under this facility, leaving $37,418,162 available for borrowing. The
letters of credit relate to the Company’s workers’ compensation and professional liability policies as previously disclosed
in the Reserves for Claims section in Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
F-18
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
7. Long-term Debt (continued)
As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants and other covenants contained in
the agreement. Specifically, the table below summarizes what the Company believes are the key financial covenants, as
defined by the Credit Agreement, and its corresponding actual performance as of December 31, 2011.
Requirement
2.50 to 1.00
1.50 to 1.00
$6.6 million
Actual
1.73 to 1.00
2.37 to 1.00
$4.0 million
Maximum Permitted Leverage Ratio (a)
Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (b)
Maximum Capital Expenditures for 2011 (c)
_______________
(a)
The Company’s Leverage Ratio must not be greater than 2.50 to 1.00 for the duration of the Credit Agreement
ending September 2013.
(b)
(c)
The Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined by the Credit Agreement) must not be less than: 1)
1.50 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2011; 2) 1.25 to 1.00 for the fiscal year 2012 and 3) 1.15 to 1.00 thereafter.
The Capital Expenditures limit as defined by the Credit Agreement may be increased in any fiscal year by the
amount of Capital Expenditures that were permitted but not made in the immediately preceding fiscal year. The
aggregate Capital Expenditures limit for the fiscal years following as defined by the Credit Agreement are: 1)
$4.0 million in the fiscal year 2010; 2) $5.0 million in the fiscal year 2011; and 3) $7.0 million in the fiscal year
2012. The 2011 limit in the preceding table reflects an increase of $1.6 million representing the 2010 fiscal year
excess that was permitted but not made.
The terms of the Credit Agreement include customary covenants and events of default for similarly leveraged deals. The
Credit Agreement includes a mandatory prepayment provision, which requires the Company to make mandatory
prepayments subsequent to receiving net proceeds from the sale of assets, insurance recoveries, or the issuance of debt or
equity. In addition, when its Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, as defined by the Credit Agreement, as of the end of a
fiscal year is greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00, the Company is required to make principal prepayments of at least 50%
of Excess Cash Flow, as defined by the agreement. No additional principal prepayments are expected relating to Excess
Cash Flow for 2011.
Effective with the May 2010 amendment, the limitation on the Company’s ability to repurchase its common stock and
declare and pay cash dividends on its common stock was adjusted. The Credit Agreement, as amended, provides for an
amount allowed for stock repurchases/dividends subsequent to May 28, 2010, that is the lesser of $25,000,000 and 50% of
cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined by the Credit Agreement) for each fiscal quarter after March 31, 2010
where financial statements have been delivered; provided, that the Company’s Debt/EBITDA ratio (as defined by the
Credit Agreement), after giving effect to the transaction, is less than 1.00 to 1.00 and there is $40,000,000 in cash or
available cash under its revolving loan facility. However, if the Company’s Debt/EBITDA ratio, after giving effect to the
transaction is less than 2.00 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, and there are no amounts outstanding under
the revolving credit facility (other than letters of credit), the allowable amount for repurchases/dividends is $2,500,000.
Under these limitations, during the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased a total of 427,043 shares for
approximately $2,235,000.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had 1,014,096 shares of common stock left remaining to repurchase under current
Board authorization, subject to the limitations.
Effective with the May 2010 amendment, the Company is required to obtain the consent of its lenders to complete any
acquisition which exceeds $20,000,000 or would cause the Company to exceed $50,000,000 in aggregate cash and non-
cash consideration for Permitted Acquisitions (as defined by the Credit Agreement) during the term of the Credit
Agreement (excluding the MDA acquisition). The commitments under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially
all of the Company’s assets.
F-19
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
7. Long-term Debt (continued)
Long-term debt includes capital lease obligations that are subordinate to the Company’s senior secured facility. As of
December 31, 2011, the aggregate scheduled maturities of debt are as follows:
Through Year Ending December 31:
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Total
8. Interest Rate Swap Agreements
Term debt
16,794,824
24,656,232
—
—
—
41,451,056
$
$
$
$
Capital leases
202,709
226,765
71,758
65,409
27,822
594,463
The Company has used derivative instruments to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk on
variable-rate debt financing. The objective of the hedges was to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in floating interest
rates tied to LIBOR borrowings as required by the Company’s credit agreement and not for trading purposes. The interest
rate swap agreements involved the receipt of variable rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate interest payments over the
life of the agreement without an exchange of the underlying principal amount.
Pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and not for trading purposes, in October 2008, the Company entered
into two interest rate swap agreements, both with effective dates of October 9, 2008 and termination dates of October 9,
2010. The Company was required to execute Interest Rate Contract(s) (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to hedge its
variable interest rate exposure in an aggregate amount of at least 40% of its $125,000,000 term loan facility, or
$50,000,000, for at least 2 years. No initial investments were made to enter into these agreements. The interest rate swap
agreements required the Company to pay a fixed rate to the respective counterparty (fixed rate of 3.1625% per annum on a
notional amount of $50,000,000 and a fixed rate of 2.75% on $20,000,000), and to receive from the respective
counterparty, interest payments, based on the applicable notional amounts and 1 month LIBOR, with no exchanges of
notional amounts. The interest rate swaps effectively fixed the interest on $70,000,000 of the Company’s term debt for a
period of 2 years at 3.04%, plus the applicable LIBOR spread.
The Company formally documented the hedging relationships and accounted for these derivatives as cash flow hedges
eligible for hedge accounting. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of these agreements were recorded
in accumulated OCL, net of tax, until the hedged item was recognized in earnings. The Company formally assessed, both
at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that were used in the hedging transactions were
highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives deemed to be eligible for hedge accounting were reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the
consolidated balance sheets. See Note 2 – Comprehensive Income (Loss) for further information. Any ineffectiveness was
recorded directly to interest expense.
In the third quarter of 2009, the Company generated excess cash flow, which, along with cash on hand, allowed it to
prepay an additional $22,500,000 of term loan borrowings causing its $20,000,000 notional amount interest rate swap to
become ineffective. Subsequent prepayments were made of $5,000,000 in the fourth quarter of 2009 and $4,000,000 in the
first quarter of 2010. The Company estimated the ineffectiveness as of December 31, 2009 to be an unrealized loss of
approximately $229,800 (approximately $139,000 after taxes). The estimated unrealized loss recorded to interest expense
was reversed during the year ended December 31, 2010 as the interest rate swap payments were settled.
As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was $1,427,073 and was recorded as a
liability on the consolidated balance sheet with offsets to other comprehensive loss of $1,197,253 (for the effective
portion) and interest expense of $229,820 (for the ineffective portion). Deferred tax benefits of $470,885 were also
included in other comprehensive loss, leaving a balance of $726,368 in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to
these swap agreements. The interest rate swaps were terminated effective October 9, 2010. Accordingly, during the year
ended December 31, 2010, the prior year end balances were reversed coinciding with interest payments on the underlying
term loan portion that was hedged during the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest rate swap payments were included in net cash provided by operating activities in the Company’s consolidated
statements of cash flows.
F-20
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
9. Fair Value Measurements
The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, defines fair value as the exchange price that
would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for
he asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures Topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use
of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three
levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in
markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for
substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of
the assets or liabilities.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, short-term cash
investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short-term
nature of these instruments.
The carrying amounts of the revolving loan facility and term loan approximate fair value as the interest rates are tied to a
quoted variable index.
Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s financial assets/liabilities required to be measured on a recurring basis
were its deferred compensation liability included in other long-term liabilities, its short-term cash investments, as well as
its marketable securities and long-term cash investments included in other long-term assets. The Company utilizes Level 1
inputs to value marketable securities and its deferred compensation liability. The Company utilizes Level 2 inputs to value
its short and long-term cash investments. The Company did not hold any Level 3 assets or liabilities that are measured on
a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 or 2010. The Company’s marketable securities, short and long-term investments
are measured using quoted prices in active markets. The Company’s deferred compensation liability is measured using
publicly available indices that define the liability amounts, as per the plan documents.
The table below summarizes the estimated fair values, which approximate their carrying value, of the Company’s financial
assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2011
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Total
Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2010
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Total
$
$
$
3,383
1,690,740
819,571
$
$
$
3,383
—
—
$
$
$
—
1,690,740
819,571
$
$
$
59,198
1,870,351
907,515
$
$
$
59,198
—
—
$
$
$
—
1,870,351
907,515
Financial Assets:
Marketable
securities
Short-term cash
investments
Long-term cash
investments
Financial Liabilities:
Deferred
compensation
$
1,322,114
$
1,322,114
$
—
$
1,480,128
$
1,480,128
$
—
F-21
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
9. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis:
The Company’s goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) described in Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets and Note 2 –
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed
for impairment annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable. Long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that amounts may not be recoverable. If the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, the
Company records a noncash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying amount of the goodwill or other
intangible assets and the implied fair value of the goodwill or other intangible assets in the period the determination is made.
10. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a voluntary defined contribution 401(k) profit-sharing plan covering all eligible employees as defined in
the plan documents. The plan provides for a discretionary matching contribution, which is equal to a percentage of each eligible
contributing participant’s elective deferral, which the Company, at its sole discretion, determines from year to year.
From July 1, 2009 until December 31, 2010, due to the Company’s cost-saving efforts, matching contributions for the program
were temporarily suspended. Effective January 1, 2011, the Company reinstated matching contributions for the program. Due to
accumulated forfeiture credits on account, the matching contributions, net of forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2011,
were not material. There were no matching contributions for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the contributions by the
Company, net of forfeitures, approximated $1,142,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Eligible employees who elect to
participate in the plan are generally vested in any existing matching contribution after three years of service with the Company.
Certain MedStaff employees are covered under a separate benefit plan. The plan allows eligible employees to defer a portion of
their annual compensation pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan is a voluntary defined contribution
401(k) profit-sharing plan covering substantially all eligible employees as defined in the plan documents. Eligible employees
who elect to participate in the plan are generally fully vested in any matching contribution after six years of service with the
Company. Contributions by the Company, net of forfeitures, under this plan amounted to an immaterial amount for the years
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
The Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation program to certain key employees whereby they may defer a portion
of annual compensation for payment upon retirement. The program is unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The liability for the deferred compensation is included in other long-
term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and approximated $1,322,000 and $1,480,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.
11. Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments:
The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating lease agreements for the rental of office space and equipment. Certain
of these leases include options to renew as well as rent escalation clauses and in certain cases, incentives from the landlord for
rent-free months and allowances for tenant improvements. The rent escalations and incentives have been reflected in the
following table. Future minimum lease payments, as of December 31, 2011, associated with these agreements with terms of one
year or more are as follows:
Through Year Ending December 31:
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
$
$
6,125,682
5,852,673
3,620,519
3,094,881
3,066,245
2,580,470
24,340,470
Total operating lease expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses was approximately $7,411,000,
$7,858,000 and $8,798,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
F-22
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
11. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
Sales & Other State Non-income Tax Liabilities
The Company’s sales and other state non-income tax filings are subject to routine audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where
it conducts business in the United States which may result in assessments of additional taxes. During 2011, a state administrative
ruling related to certain service tax matters was released which indicates that services performed in that particular state are ubject
to a tax not previously paid by the Company. As a result, the Company conducted an initial review of certain other states to
determine if any additional exposures may exist and determined that it was probable that some of its previous tax positions
would be challenged. As a result, the Company changed its assessment of certain non-income tax positions and has estimated a
liability related to these matters. Based on its best estimate of probable settlement, the Company accrued a pretax liability related
to the non-income tax matters of approximately $668,000 in the year ended December 31, 2011, of which approximately
$507,000 related to the 2008-2010 tax years. The expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on its
consolidated statements of operations and the liability is reflected in other current liabilities as of December 31, 2011, on its
consolidated balance sheets.
Contingencies:
Maureen Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc
On February 18, 2005, the Company’s MedStaff subsidiary became the subject of a purported class action lawsuit (Maureen
Petray and Carina Higareda v. MedStaff, Inc.) filed in the Superior Court of California in Riverside County. The lawsuit related
to only MedStaff corporate employees working in California. The lawsuit alleged, among other things, violations of certain
sections of the California Labor Code, the California Business and Professions Code, and recovery of unpaid wages and
penalties. In December 2009, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle this matter. As a result, the Company
accrued a pre-tax charge of $345,000 related to this lawsuit, which was paid in 2011.
The Company is also subject to other legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion
of management, the outcome of these other matters will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial
position or results of operations.
12. Income Taxes
The components of the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:
United States
Foreign
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
7,081,778
1,148,568
8,230,346
$
$
(3,766,004 ) $
(5,596 )
2009
9,259,193
2,395,491
(3,771,600 ) $ 11,654,684
The components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
Current
Federal
State
Foreign
Deferred
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2009
$
$
(29,902 ) $
426,833
682,657
1,079,588
(5,636,383 ) $
(747,265 )
8,636
(6,375,012 )
(3,726,369 )
(607,057 )
56,000
(4,277,426 )
2,339,000
981,168
(267,259 )
3,052,909
4,132,497
$
4,963,013
710,656
(295,394 )
5,378,275
(996,737 ) $
8,590,067
647,735
—
9,237,802
4,960,376
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
F-23
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
12. Income Taxes (continued)
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Accrued other and prepaid expenses
Accrued professional liability
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Share-based compensation
Impairment charges
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets
Non-current deferred tax (liabilities) and assets:
Amortization
Depreciation
Identifiable intangibles
Impairment charges
Net operating loss carryforwards
Accrued workers’ compensation
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax (liabilities) assets
Net deferred taxes
December 31,
2011
2010
2,167,441
(21,534 )
527,169
2,120,225
5,599,499
665,129
11,057,929
(413,240 )
10,644,689
$
2,578,012
34,315
785,555
2,393,091
5,541,052
880,395
12,212,420
(411,642 )
11,800,778
(84,925,321 )
(1,570,788 )
(2,956,897 )
78,388,111
13,315,803
603,668
352,256
3,206,832
(3,264,943 )
(58,111 )
10,586,578
(73,387,528 )
(2,801,240 )
(3,021,848 )
77,569,919
5,840,601
679,142
504,788
5,383,834
(2,900,189 )
2,483,645
$ 14,284,423
$
$
The Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if,
based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, the Company had approximately $30,724,000 and $10,094,000
of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The federal carryforwards expire between 2030 and 2031.
The state carryforwards expire between 2012 and 2031. The majority of the foreign carryforwards are in a jurisdiction
with no expiration. A valuation allowance for the net operating losses has been recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010,
to reduce the Company’s deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31,
2011, the Company has deferred tax assets of $83,987,610 related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible
assets. The Company believes the combined deferred tax assets arising from the consolidated federal tax return filings are
more likely than not realizable as a result of the future reversal of existing temporary differences and future income
projections with the exception of a valuation allowance based upon the uncertainty of the realization of a particular
subsidiary’s state portion of its deferred tax asset that arose from the goodwill impairment.
F-24
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
12. Income Taxes (continued)
The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U. S. federal statutory rate to income tax expense (benefit) is as follows:
Tax at U.S. statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Non-deductible meals and entertainment
Foreign tax expense
Valuation allowances
Uncertain tax positions
Deferred tax rate differential
Deferred tax write-offs (a)
Tax true ups and other
Total income tax expense (benefit)
_______________
(a)
2011
2,880,621
137,171
329,520
(42,680 )
367,068
174,045
(107,057 )
301,765
92,044
4,132,497
Year Ended December 31,
2010
$
$
(1,320,060 ) $
(441,440 )
348,476
(376,924 )
332,496
749,747
119,289
—
(408,321 )
(996,737 ) $
$
$
2009
3,477,119
23,677
(616,613 )
56,000
342,727
1,811,485
—
—
(134,019 )
4,960,376
During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recorded deferred tax expense related to an overstatement of
deferred tax assets for share based payments of approximately $302,000 related to prior periods.
The tax years of 2004, 2005, and 2008 through 2010 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to
which the Company is subject, with the exception of certain states in which the statute of limitations has been extended.
As of December 31, 2011, pursuant to the subtopic of Other Considerations or Special Areas of the Income Taxes Topic
in the FASB ASC, the Company did not provide for United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on
undistributed earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries (located in the United Kingdom and India that have tax rates of
approximately 27% and 34%, respectively) that will be permanently reinvested outside of the United States. The Company
intends to reinvest its foreign earnings indefinitely. Should the Company repatriate foreign earnings, the Company would
have to adjust the income tax provision in the period management determined that the Company would repatriate earnings.
The Company’s estimated undistributed foreign earnings as of December 31, 2011 were approximately $7,638,000,
which, if distributed, would have resulted in a deferred tax liability of approximately $639,000.
The Company’s Indian subsidiary, Cross Country Infotech Private, Ltd is located in a software technology park and was
entitled to 100% tax holiday until March 2011. The effect of the income tax holiday was a reduction to the income tax
provision in 2011, 2010, and 2009 of approximately $178,000, $502,000, and $642,000, respectively.
The Company recognizes in its financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of
being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is approximately as follows:
Balance at January 1
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Reductions based on settlements of tax positions related to the prior year
Reductions for tax positions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of
limitations
Other
Balance at December 31
2011
5,092,000
1,034,000
(799,000 )
(830,000 )
3,000
4,500,000
$
$
2010
4,443,000
868,000
(154,000 )
(65,000 )
—
5,092,000
$
$
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits, which would affect the effective tax rate
if recognized of approximately $4,030,000 and $4,375,000, respectively. During 2011, the Company had gross increases
of $1,034,000 to its current year unrecognized tax benefits, related to federal and state tax issues. In addition, the
Company had gross decreases of $1,626,000 to its unrecognized tax benefits related to prior year uncertain positions and
the closure of open tax years.
F-25
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
12. Income Taxes (continued)
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.
During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized interest and penalties of $27,000,
$33,000, and $114,000, respectively. The Company had accrued approximately $711,000 and $748,000 for the payment of
interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
13. Stockholders’ Equity
Stock Repurchase Programs
In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized its most recent stock repurchase program whereby the
Company may purchase up to 1,500,000 shares of its common stock, subject to terms of the Company’s Credit
Agreement. The shares may be repurchased from time-to-time in the open market and the repurchase program may be
discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion.
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased, under this program, a total of 427,043 shares at an
average price of $5.23. The cost of such purchases was approximately $2,235,000. All of the common stock was retired.
During years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not repurchase shares.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had 1,014,096 shares of common stock left remaining to repurchase under its
February 2008 authorization, subject to the limitations of the Company’s Credit Agreement. See Note 7- Long-term Debt
for further information.
Subsequent to December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased and retired an additional 49,553 shares at an average price
of $5.25. The cost of such repurchases was approximately $260,000.
Stock Options
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
The Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) was approved by its stockholders at its Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, held in May of 2007, and was amended at its Annual Meeting held in May of 2010. Key modifications in
the amendment were to increase the aggregate share reserve and increase the share sub-limit for Awards that are not
Appreciation Awards (as defined by the Plan). Other clarifying amendments to reflect recent developments in equity
compensation practices and applicable law were also included.
The 2007 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares,
and other stock-based awards, all as defined by the 2007 Plan, to eligible employees, consultants and non-employee
Directors. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under
the 2007 Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted may not exceed 3,500,000 shares, which may be either
authorized and unissued common stock or common stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company; provided,
however, that 1,700,000 shares of this aggregate limit may be used for awards that are not Appreciation Awards (including
restricted stock, performance shares or certain other stock-based awards).
Under the 2007 Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the Committee), has the
discretion to determine the terms of the awards at the time of the grant. Provided, however, that, in the case of stock
options and stock appreciation rights (share options): 1) the exercise price per share of the award is not less than 100% (or,
in the case of 10% or more stockholders, the exercise price of the incentive stock options (ISOs) granted may not be less
than 110%) of the fair market value of the common stock at the time of the grant; and 2) the term of the award will be no
more than 10 years after the date the option is granted (or, shall not exceed five years, in the case of a 10% or more
stockholder). In the case of restricted stock, the purchase price may be zero to the extent permitted by applicable law.
F-26
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
13. Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
The following awards were granted under the 2007 Plan to the Company’s non-employee Directors and management
team:
Stock appreciation rights
Restricted stock
Year Ended December 31,
2011
261,500
216,538
2010
254,000
205,647
2009
569,000
304,133
The stock appreciation rights can only be settled with stock. The stock appreciation rights vest 25% per year over a 4 year
period and expire after 7 years. The restricted stock awards vest 25% each year over a 4 year period. Upon exercise or
conversion, the Company’s policy is to issue new shares from its authorized but unissued balance of common stock
outstanding or shares of common stock reacquired by the Company.
Due to the adoption of the 2007 Plan, no further grants will be issued under the Company’s 1999 Plans referred to below.
1999 Stock Option Plan and Equity Participation Plan
On December 16, 1999, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 1999 Stock Option Plan and Equity Participation
Plan (collectively, the 1999 Plans), which was amended and restated on October 25, 2001 and provided for the issuance of
ISOs and non-qualified stock options to eligible employees and non-employee directors for the purchase of up to
4,398,001 shares of common stock.
The following table summarizes the Company’s activities with respect to its share option plans for the year ended 2011:
Share options outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/expired
Share options outstanding at end of year
Share options exercisable at end of year
Share options unvested at end of year
Shares
1,694,469
261,500
—
(301,322 )
1,654,647
931,549
723,098
Option Price
$8.09-$37.13
$7.44
—
$7.44-$37.13
$7.44-$26.15
$8.09-$26.15
$7.44-$13.02
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$12.43
$7.44
—
$16.62
$10.88
$12.94
$8.23
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
4.68
3.36
6.38
—
—
—
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had 1,654,647 share options outstanding of which 1,529,917 were vested or
expected to vest at a weighted average exercise price of $11.09, no intrinsic value and a weighted average contractual life
of 4.56 years. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $1,453,000 pretax of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to share options which may be adjusted for future changes in forfeitures. The Company expects
to recognize such cost over a period of 2.3 years.
The following table represents information about stock options and stock appreciation rights granted and exercised in each
year. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company issued options and stock appreciation
rights at market price.
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted
during the period
Total intrinsic value of options exercised
$
$
2.63
—
$
$
2.77
—
$
$
3.40
253,622
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2009
F-27
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
13. Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
The Company records compensation expense for stock options based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions included in the table below. The Company
computes expected volatility using the historical volatility of the market price of the Company’s common stock. Historical
data is used to estimate the expected option life and the expected forfeiture rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S.
Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the estimated life of the option. The following assumptions were
used to estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life
Restricted Stock
2011
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2009
0.00 %
42.00 %
1.33 %
0.00 %
41.00 %
1.75 %
0.00 %
45.00 %
2.34 %
4.3 years
4.0 years
4.4 years
Restricted stock awards granted under the Company’s 2007 Plan entitle the holder to receive, at the end of a vesting
period, a specified number of shares of the Company’s common stock. Share-based compensation expense is measured by
the market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The shares vest ratably over a four year period ending on
the anniversary date of the grant. There is no partial vesting and any unvested portion is forfeited.
The following table summarizes restricted stock award activity for the year ended December 31, 2011:
Unvested restricted stock awards, January 1, 2011
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested restricted stock awards at December 31, 2011
Number of
Shares
$
501,699
216,538
$
(167,647 ) $
(18,230 ) $
$
532,360
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
9.24
7.44
10.25
9.44
8.19
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $2,860,000 pretax of total unrecognized compensation cost
related to non-vested restricted stock awards which may be adjusted for future changes in forfeitures. The Company
expects to recognize such cost over a period of 2.5 years. The fair value of shares vested was approximately $1,190,000;
$988,000 and $412,000 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Secondary Offerings
In November 2004, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange
Commission for the registration of 11,403,455 shares of common stock held by three of its existing shareholders. No
members of management registered shares pursuant to this registration statement. On April 14, 2005, the Company
announced a public offering of 4,172,868 shares of common stock pursuant to this Form S-3 shelf registration statement.
All net proceeds from the sale went to the selling stockholders. Subsequently, on November 15, 2006, the Company
announced a public offering of approximately 4,000,000 shares pursuant to this Form S-3 shelf registration statement. All
net proceeds from the sale went to the selling stockholders. The November 2004 registration statement remains effective.
14. Earnings Per Share
In accordance with the requirements of the Earnings Per Share Topic of the FASB ASC, basic earnings per share is
computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (excluding nonvested restricted
stock) and diluted earnings per share reflects the dilutive effects of stock options and restricted stock (as calculated
utilizing the treasury stock method). Certain shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of options and
vesting of restricted stock have been excluded from the 2011, 2010 and 2009 per share calculations because their effect
would have been anti-dilutive. Such shares amounted to 1,962,265; 2,093,202 and 1,707,225, during the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For purposes of calculating net loss per common share - diluted for the
F-28
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
14. Earnings Per Share (continued)
year ending December 31, 2010, the Company excluded potentially dilutive shares of 99,081 from the calculation as their
effect would have been anti-dilutive, due to the Company’s net loss in that year.
The following table sets forth the components of the numerator and denominator for the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per share:
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per common share-basic
Net income (loss) per common share-diluted
$
$
$
2011
4,097,849
Year Ended December 31,
2010
(2,774,863 ) $
$
2009
6,694,308
0.13
0.13
$
$
(0.09 ) $
(0.09 ) $
0.22
0.22
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding-basic
Plus dilutive equity awards
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding-diluted
31,146,165
45,851
31,192,016
31,060,426
—
31,060,426
30,824,660
174,786
30,999,446
15. Related Party Transactions
The Company provides services to hospitals which are affiliated with certain members of the Company’s Board of
Directors. Pricing for the Company’s services is consistent with its other hospital customers. Revenue related to these
transactions amounted to approximately $2,097,000, $964,000 and $927,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Accounts receivable due from these hospitals at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were approximately $586,000 and
$154,000, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company entered into an exclusive MSP arrangement
with one of the hospital systems.
16. Segment Information
The Company reports the following business segments in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB
ASC:
Nurse and allied staffing - The nurse and allied staffing business segment provides travel nurse and allied staffing services
and per diem nurse services primarily to acute care hospitals. Nurse and allied staffing services are marketed to public and
private healthcare and for-profit and not-for-profit facilities throughout the U.S. The Company aggregates the different
brands that it markets to its customers in this business segment.
Physician staffing – The physician staffing business segment provides multi-specialty locum tenens services to the
healthcare industry throughout the U.S.
Clinical trial services - The clinical trial services business segment provides clinical trial, drug safety, and regulatory
professionals and services on a contract staffing and outsourced basis to companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology
and medical device industries, as well as to contract research organizations, primarily in the United States, and also in
Canada and Europe.
Other human capital management services - The other human capital management services business segment includes the
combined results of the Company’s education and training and retained search businesses that both have operations within
the U.S.
The Company’s management evaluates performance of each segment primarily based on revenue and contribution
income. The Company’s management does not evaluate, manage or measure performance of segments using asset
information; accordingly, asset information by segment is not prepared or disclosed. See Note 3 – Goodwill and Other
Identifiable Intangible Assets for further information. Foreign revenue accounts for less than 1% of total revenue
accordingly geographic information is not provided. The information in the following table is derived from the segments’
internal financial information as used for corporate management purposes. Certain corporate expenses are not allocated to
and/or among the operating segments.
F-29
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
16. Segment Information (continued)
Information on operating segments and a reconciliation of such information to income (loss) from operations for the
periods indicated are as follows:
Revenue from unaffiliated customers:
Nurse and allied staffing
Physician staffing
Clinical trial services
Other human capital management services
Contribution income (a):
Nurse and allied staffing (b)
Physician staffing
Clinical trial services
Other human capital management services
Unallocated corporate overhead (b)
Depreciation
Amortization
Impairment charges
Legal settlement charge
Income from operations
_______________
(a)
2011
Year ended December 31,
2010
2009
$ 278,793,600
118,780,800
64,608,763
41,803,061
$ 503,986,224
$ 242,159,564
121,598,251
61,957,286
42,846,423
$ 468,561,524
$ 313,037,898
151,853,105
71,678,636
41,667,843
$ 578,237,482
$
$
22,440,525
11,320,076
6,554,860
3,172,282
43,487,743
22,662,724
6,790,677
3,493,408
—
—
10,540,934
$
$
21,383,098
13,052,219
6,390,317
3,767,868
44,593,502
21,559,562
8,043,548
3,850,867
10,764,000
—
375,525
$ 29,061,735
15,165,052
7,029,282
2,973,400
54,229,469
21,665,850
8,773,088
4,017,968
1,725,926
345,000
$ 17,701,637
The Company defines contribution income as income from operations before depreciation, amortization,
impairment charges and corporate expenses not specifically identified to a reporting segment. Contribution
income is used by management when assessing segment performance and is provided in accordance with the
Segment Reporting Topic of the FASB ASC.
(b)
In the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company refined its methodology for allocating certain corporate
overhead expenses to the nurse and allied staffing segment to more accurately reflect this segment’s profitability.
The segment data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 has been reclassified by $1,504,974 and
$1,579,382, respectively, to conform to the current year’s presentation.
F-30
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2011
17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
2011
Revenue from services
Gross profit
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter (a)
$ 122,046,048
32,976,275
$
$ 126,042,326
34,608,677
$
$ 131,168,698
35,742,932
$
$ 124,729,152
$ 34,614,017
Net income
Net income per common share:
Net income – basic
Net income – diluted
$
$
$
206,759
0.01
0.01
$
$
$
1,573,191
0.05
0.05
$
$
$
1,786,010
0.06
0.06
$
$
$
531,889
0.02
0.02
2010
Revenue from services
Gross profit
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter (b)
$ 121,360,771
33,633,073
$
$ 117,837,146
33,651,434
$
$ 115,687,302
32,429,878
$
$ 113,676,305
$ 32,597,039
Net income (loss)
Net income per common share:
Net income – (loss) – basic
Net income – (loss) – diluted
$
$
$
1,134,714
0.04
0.04
$
$
$
1,178,346
0.04
0.04
$
$
$
915,735
0.03
0.03
$
$
$
(6,003,658 )
(0.19 )
(0.19 )
________________
(a)
During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company accrued a pretax liability related to non-income tax matters of
approximately $668,000, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated
statements of operations. In addition, the Company recorded approximately $302,000 of deferred tax expense
related to an overstatement of deferred tax assets in prior periods. Refer to discussion in Note 11 – Commitments
and Contingencies and Note 12- Income Taxes.
(b)
During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $10,764,000. The
Company conducted an assessment of the trademark related to its MDA acquisition due to a reduction in locum
tenens usage and the overall physician staffing needs of its customers. Based on the impact these trends had on
the long term revenue forecast, the Company’s assessment indicated the carrying amount of the trademark may
not be fully recoverable. Refer to discussion in Note 3 – Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.
F-31
CROSS COUNTRY HEALTHCARE, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009
Schedule II
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Write-offs
Recoveries
Other
Changes
3,500,968 $
4,544,954 $
6,408,772 $
578,805 $
293,795 $
— $
(1,903,539 ) $
(1,343,854 ) $
(2,008,101 ) $
3,891 $
6,073 $
144,283 $
— $
— $
— $
Balance at
End
of Period
2,180,125
3,500,968
4,544,954
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Year ended December 31, 2011 $
$
Year ended December 31, 2010
Year ended December 31, 2009 $
Valuation Allowance for
Deferred Tax Assets
Year ended December 31, 2011 $
Year ended December 31, 2010
$
Year ended December 31, 2009 $
3,311,831 $
2,955,768 $
2,682,953 $
366,352 (a) $
356,063 (a) $
272,815 (a) $
—
—
—
$
$
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
3,678,183
3,311,831
2,955,768
________________
(a)
Related to deferred tax assets on state net operating losses and a particular subsidiary’s state portion of its
deferred tax asset that arose from goodwill impairment.
II-1
Subsidiary
Place of Incorporation
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit 21.1
AKOS Limited
Allied Health Group, LLC
Assent Consulting
Assignment America, Inc. (a)
Cejka Search, Inc.
CC Local, Inc.
CC Staffing, Inc. (b)
ClinForce, LLC
Credent Verification and Licensing Services, LLC
Cross Country Capital, Inc.(c)
Cross Country Healthcare UK Holdco Limited
Cross Country Holdco (Cyprus) Limited
Cross Country Infotech, Pvt, Ltd.
Cross Country Local, Inc. (d)
Cross Country Education, LLC
Cross Country Publishing, LLC
Cross Country TravCorps, Inc. (e)
Jamestown Indemnity, Ltd.
MCVT, Inc.
MDA Holdings, Inc.
Med-Staff, Inc. (f)
Medical Doctor Associates, LLC
Metropolitan Research Staffing Associates, Inc. (DBA Akos US)
MRA Search, Inc.
_______________
(a)
United Kingdom
Delaware
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
United Kingdom
Cyprus
India
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Cayman Islands
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Effective January 1, 2012 Assignment America, Inc. converted to Assignment America, LLC.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Effective January 1, 2012 CC Staffing, Inc. converted to Travel Staff, LLC.
Effective January 1, 2012 Cross Country Capital, Inc. merged into Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
Effective January 1, 2012 Cross Country Local, Inc. merged into Med-Staff, Inc.
Effective January 1, 2012 Cross Country TravCorps, Inc. converted to Cross Country Staffing, Inc.
Effective January 1, 2012 Med-Staff, Inc. converted to Local Staff, LLC.
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-120189) and the related Prospectus of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.;
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-74862) pertaining to Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. Amended and
Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan and Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Participation
Plan; and
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-145484) pertaining to Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan
of our reports dated March 12, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Cross Country
Healthcare, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Boca Raton, Florida
March 12, 2012
Exhibit 31.1
I, Joseph A. Boshart, certify that:
CERTIFICATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of end of the
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 12, 2012
/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART
Joseph A. Boshart
President and Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2
I, Emil Hensel, certify that:
CERTIFICATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of end of the
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
b)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 12, 2012
/s/ EMIL HENSEL
Emil Hensel
Chief Financial Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”)
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Periodic Report”), I, Joseph A. Boshart, Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that to my knowledge the Periodic Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 12, 2012
Exhibit 32.1
The foregoing certification is provided solely for purposes of complying with the provisions of Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
/s/ JOSEPH A. BOSHART
Joseph A. Boshart
Chief Executive Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cross Country Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”)
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Periodic Report”), I, Emil Hensel, Chief Financial Officer of the Company,
hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that to my knowledge the Periodic Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 12, 2012
Exhibit 32.2
/s/ EMIL HENSEL
Emil Hensel
Chief Financial Officer
The foregoing certification is provided solely for purposes of complying with the provisions of Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
CorPorate information
Board of direCtors
exeCutives
CorPorate headQuarters
Joseph a. Boshart
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
Joseph a. Boshart
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
w. larry Cash(a)(b)
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer,
Community Health Systems
thomas C. dircks(b)(c)
Managing Partner,
Charterhouse Group, Inc.
gale fitzgerald(a)
Retired Principal,
TranSpend, Inc.
emil hensel
Chief Financial Officer,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
richard m. mastaler
Chairman,
Managed Health Ventures, Inc.
Joseph trunfio(a)(c)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Atlantic Health Systems
emil hensel
Chief Financial Officer,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
susan e. Ball, rn
General Counsel and Secretary,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
Jim ginter
President, Medical Doctor Associates
greg greene
President, Cross Country Education
elizabeth C. gulacsy, CPa
Chief Accounting Officer
and Corporate Controller,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
victor kalafa
Vice President
Corporate Development and Strategy,
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
lori schutte
President, Cejka Search
(a) Member of the Audit Committee
(b) Member of the Compensation Committee
tony sims
President, Clinical Trial Services
(c) Member of the Governance and
Nominating Committee
Jonathan w. ward
President, Cross Country Staffing
Cross Country Healthcare, Inc.
6551 Park of Commerce Boulevard
Boca Raton, Florida 33487
Phone: 561.998.2232
www.crosscountryhealthcare.com
transfer agent
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
P.O. Box 358015
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15252-8015
Toll-Free Phone: 877.219.7066
indePendent registered
PuBliC aCCounting firm
Ernst & Young LLP
5100 Town Center Circle, Suite 500
Boca Raton, Florida 33486
stoCk listings
Our common stock trades under the symbol
“CCRN” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market,
a market tier of the NASDAQ Stock Market®.
Our common stock commenced trading on
the NASDAQ National Market on Oct. 25, 2001.
stoCkholder inQuires
CorPorate governanCe
News releases, SEC filings, annual reports, corporate governance matters and additional
Information concerning our corporate
information about Cross Country Healthcare are available on our corporate website at no
governance practices, including our Code
cost. Our Form 10-K is available on our corporate website or the U.S. Securities and Exchange
of Conduct, Code of Ethics, Committee
Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. Current and prospective investors can also register
Charters, and Certification of Financial
to automatically receive by email our press releases, SEC filings and other notices. Information
Statements, is available on our corporate
about the Company can also be obtained by writing or contacting:
website at www.crosscountryhealthcare.com.
howard a. goldman
Director of Investor & Corporate Relations
Phone: 561.998.2232
Toll-Free: 877.686.9779
Email: ir@crosscountry.com
forward-looking statements
Information concerning forward-looking statements can be found on page 1 of our Annual
We also have established a toll-free phone
number and an email address for stockholders
to communicate with our Board of Directors.
All such communications will be kept
confidential and forwarded directly to the
appropriate party, as applicable.
Governance Hotline:
800.354.7197
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as well as in quarterly and
Governance Email:
other reports to be filed by us during 2012.
governance@crosscountry.com
2011ANNUAL REPORT
6551 Park of CommerCe Blvd.
BoCa raton, florida 33487
561.998.2232
CrossCountryhealthCare.Com